|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
17 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
18 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
19 #endif
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
|
|
|
22 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
|
|
|
23 #if defined(USE_EXE_NAME) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
24 static char_u *remove_tail_with_ext __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *ext));
|
|
|
25 #endif
|
|
|
26 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 /*
|
|
|
29 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
|
30 */
|
|
|
31 int
|
|
|
32 get_indent()
|
|
|
33 {
|
|
|
34 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
35 }
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
37 /*
|
|
|
38 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
|
39 */
|
|
|
40 int
|
|
|
41 get_indent_lnum(lnum)
|
|
|
42 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
43 {
|
|
|
44 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
45 }
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
48 /*
|
|
|
49 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
|
50 * "buf".
|
|
|
51 */
|
|
|
52 int
|
|
|
53 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
54 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
55 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
56 {
|
|
|
57 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
58 }
|
|
|
59 #endif
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61 /*
|
|
|
62 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
|
63 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
164
|
65 int
|
|
7
|
66 get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
|
|
|
67 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
68 int ts;
|
|
|
69 {
|
|
|
70 int count = 0;
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
72 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
|
73 {
|
|
|
74 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
|
75 count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
|
76 else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
77 ++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
|
78 else
|
|
|
79 break;
|
|
|
80 }
|
|
164
|
81 return count;
|
|
7
|
82 }
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 /*
|
|
|
85 * Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
|
86 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
87 * Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
|
88 * "flags":
|
|
|
89 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
|
90 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
|
91 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
|
92 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
93 */
|
|
|
94 int
|
|
|
95 set_indent(size, flags)
|
|
|
96 int size;
|
|
|
97 int flags;
|
|
|
98 {
|
|
|
99 char_u *p;
|
|
|
100 char_u *newline;
|
|
|
101 char_u *oldline;
|
|
|
102 char_u *s;
|
|
|
103 int todo;
|
|
|
104 int ind_len;
|
|
|
105 int line_len;
|
|
|
106 int doit = FALSE;
|
|
|
107 int ind_done;
|
|
|
108 int tab_pad;
|
|
217
|
109 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
110
|
|
|
111 /*
|
|
|
112 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
|
113 * characters needed for the indent.
|
|
|
114 */
|
|
|
115 todo = size;
|
|
|
116 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
117 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
119 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
|
120 * isn't already set */
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
123 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
124 {
|
|
|
125 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
126 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
127 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
128 {
|
|
|
129 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 /* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
|
132 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
133 {
|
|
|
134 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
135 {
|
|
|
136 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
137 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
138 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
139 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
140 break;
|
|
|
141 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
142 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
143 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
144 }
|
|
|
145 else
|
|
|
146 {
|
|
|
147 --todo;
|
|
|
148 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
149 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
150 }
|
|
|
151 ++p;
|
|
|
152 }
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
155 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
156 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
157 {
|
|
|
158 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
159 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
160 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
161 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
|
162 }
|
|
|
163 }
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 /* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
166 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
167 {
|
|
|
168 if (*p != TAB)
|
|
|
169 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
170 else
|
|
|
171 ++p;
|
|
|
172 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
173 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
174 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
|
175 }
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 /* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
178 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
179 {
|
|
|
180 if (*p != ' ')
|
|
|
181 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
182 else
|
|
|
183 ++p;
|
|
|
184 --todo;
|
|
|
185 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
186 /* ++ind_done; */
|
|
|
187 }
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
|
190 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
|
191 return FALSE;
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
|
194 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
|
195 p = oldline;
|
|
|
196 else
|
|
|
197 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
198 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
|
199 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
200 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
201 return FALSE;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
|
204 s = newline;
|
|
|
205 todo = size;
|
|
|
206 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
207 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
210 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
211 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
212 {
|
|
|
213 p = oldline;
|
|
|
214 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
219 {
|
|
|
220 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
221 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
222 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
223 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
224 break;
|
|
|
225 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
226 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
227 }
|
|
|
228 else
|
|
|
229 {
|
|
|
230 --todo;
|
|
|
231 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
232 }
|
|
|
233 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
234 }
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
237 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
238 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
239 {
|
|
|
240 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
241 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
242 }
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
245 }
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
248 {
|
|
|
249 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
250 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
251 }
|
|
|
252 }
|
|
|
253 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
254 {
|
|
|
255 *s++ = ' ';
|
|
|
256 --todo;
|
|
|
257 }
|
|
|
258 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
|
261 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
|
262 {
|
|
|
263 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
264 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
|
265 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
266 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
|
|
|
267 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
268 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
|
269 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (p - oldline);
|
|
217
|
270 retval = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
271 }
|
|
|
272 else
|
|
|
273 vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
217
|
276 return retval;
|
|
7
|
277 }
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 /*
|
|
|
280 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
|
281 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
282 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
283 */
|
|
|
284 static int
|
|
|
285 copy_indent(size, src)
|
|
|
286 int size;
|
|
|
287 char_u *src;
|
|
|
288 {
|
|
|
289 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
290 char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
|
291 char_u *s;
|
|
|
292 int todo;
|
|
|
293 int ind_len;
|
|
|
294 int line_len = 0;
|
|
|
295 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
296 int ind_done;
|
|
|
297 int round;
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
299 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
|
300 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
|
301 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
302 {
|
|
|
303 todo = size;
|
|
|
304 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
305 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
306 s = src;
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
|
309 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
|
310 {
|
|
|
311 if (*s == TAB)
|
|
|
312 {
|
|
|
313 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
314 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
315 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
316 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
317 break;
|
|
|
318 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
319 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
320 }
|
|
|
321 else
|
|
|
322 {
|
|
|
323 --todo;
|
|
|
324 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
325 }
|
|
|
326 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
327 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
328 *p++ = *s;
|
|
|
329 ++s;
|
|
|
330 }
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
333 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
334 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
335 {
|
|
|
336 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
337 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
338 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
339 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 /* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
343 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
344 {
|
|
|
345 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
346 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
347 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
348 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
349 }
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
351 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
352 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
353 {
|
|
|
354 --todo;
|
|
|
355 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
356 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
357 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
358 }
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
361 {
|
|
|
362 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
|
363 * and the rest of the line. */
|
|
|
364 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
365 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
366 if (line == NULL)
|
|
|
367 return FALSE;
|
|
|
368 p = line;
|
|
|
369 }
|
|
|
370 }
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 /* Append the original line */
|
|
|
373 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
375 /* Replace the line */
|
|
|
376 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
378 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
|
379 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
380 return TRUE;
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
383 /*
|
|
|
384 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
|
385 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
41
|
386 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
|
|
7
|
387 */
|
|
|
388 int
|
|
|
389 get_number_indent(lnum)
|
|
|
390 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
391 {
|
|
|
392 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
393 pos_T pos;
|
|
41
|
394 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
7
|
395
|
|
|
396 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
397 return -1;
|
|
41
|
398 pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
399 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
400 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
|
|
|
401 {
|
|
|
402 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
403 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
404 {
|
|
|
405 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
|
|
|
406 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
407 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
408 pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
409 #endif
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
412 }
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
|
|
7
|
415 return -1;
|
|
|
416 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
417 return (int)col;
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
422 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 /*
|
|
|
425 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
426 */
|
|
|
427 static int
|
|
|
428 cin_is_cinword(line)
|
|
|
429 char_u *line;
|
|
|
430 {
|
|
|
431 char_u *cinw;
|
|
|
432 char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
|
433 int cinw_len;
|
|
|
434 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
435 int len;
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
437 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
|
438 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
|
439 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
|
440 {
|
|
|
441 line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
442 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
|
443 {
|
|
|
444 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
|
445 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
|
446 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
449 break;
|
|
|
450 }
|
|
|
451 }
|
|
|
452 vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454 return retval;
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
|
456 #endif
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 /*
|
|
|
459 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
|
460 *
|
|
|
461 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
|
462 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
|
463 *
|
|
|
464 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
|
465 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
|
466 * new line.
|
|
|
467 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
|
468 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
|
469 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
|
470 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
|
471 *
|
|
|
472 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
|
473 */
|
|
|
474 int
|
|
|
475 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
|
|
|
476 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
|
477 int flags;
|
|
|
478 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
|
|
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
|
481 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
|
482 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
|
483 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
|
484 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
|
485 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
|
486 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
|
487 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
|
488 int n;
|
|
|
489 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
|
490 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
|
491 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
492 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
|
493 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
494 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
|
495 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
|
496 #endif
|
|
|
497 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
|
498 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|
499 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
500 char_u *p;
|
|
|
501 #endif
|
|
|
502 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
503 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
504 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
505 #endif
|
|
|
506 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
507 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
|
508 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
509 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
510 # endif
|
|
|
511 );
|
|
|
512 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
|
513 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
514 #endif
|
|
|
515 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
516 int vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
517 #endif
|
|
|
518 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
|
519 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 /*
|
|
|
522 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
|
523 */
|
|
|
524 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
525 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
526 return FALSE;
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
529 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 /*
|
|
|
532 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
|
533 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
|
534 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
|
535 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
|
536 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
|
537 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
|
538 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
|
539 */
|
|
|
540 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
|
541 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
|
542 else
|
|
|
543 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
544 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
545 goto theend;
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 /*
|
|
|
548 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
549 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
550 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
|
551 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
|
552 * etc) a bit later.
|
|
|
553 */
|
|
|
554 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
|
555 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
556 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
557 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
558 replace_push(*p++);
|
|
|
559 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
560 }
|
|
|
561 #endif
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
565 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
566 #endif
|
|
|
567 )
|
|
|
568 {
|
|
|
569 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
570 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
571 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
|
574 first_char = *p;
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576 #endif
|
|
|
577 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
578 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
|
579 #endif
|
|
|
580 saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
|
581 *p_extra = NUL;
|
|
|
582 }
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
584 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
|
585 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
586 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
|
588 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
590 /*
|
|
|
591 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
|
592 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
|
593 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
|
594 */
|
|
|
595 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
|
596 trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /*
|
|
|
599 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
|
600 * indent to use for the new line.
|
|
|
601 */
|
|
|
602 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
603 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
604 || do_si
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606 )
|
|
|
607 {
|
|
|
608 /*
|
|
|
609 * count white space on current line
|
|
|
610 */
|
|
|
611 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
612 if (newindent == 0)
|
|
|
613 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
616 /*
|
|
|
617 * Do smart indenting.
|
|
|
618 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
619 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
|
620 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
|
621 * "if (condition) {"
|
|
|
622 */
|
|
|
623 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
|
624 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
|
625 {
|
|
|
626 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
627 char_u last_char;
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
630 ptr = saved_line;
|
|
|
631 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
632 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
633 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
634 else
|
|
|
635 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
636 # endif
|
|
|
637 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
638 {
|
|
|
639 /*
|
|
|
640 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
641 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
642 */
|
|
|
643 if (
|
|
|
644 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
645 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
646 # endif
|
|
|
647 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
648 {
|
|
|
649 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
650 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
651 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
654 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
655 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
656 else
|
|
|
657 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
658 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
659 {
|
|
|
660 /*
|
|
|
661 * This case gets the following right:
|
|
|
662 * \*
|
|
|
663 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
|
664 * *\
|
|
|
665 * #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
|
666 * This should line up here;
|
|
|
667 */
|
|
|
668 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
669 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
670 p++;
|
|
|
671 if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
|
672 {
|
|
|
673 for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
|
674 {
|
|
|
675 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
|
676 {
|
|
|
677 /*
|
|
|
678 * End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
|
679 * with the line containing the start of
|
|
|
680 * the comment
|
|
|
681 */
|
|
|
682 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
683 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
684 {
|
|
|
685 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
686 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
687 }
|
|
|
688 }
|
|
|
689 }
|
|
|
690 }
|
|
|
691 }
|
|
|
692 else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
|
693 # endif
|
|
|
694 {
|
|
|
695 /* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
|
696 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
|
697 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
698 --p;
|
|
|
699 last_char = *p;
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 /*
|
|
|
702 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
|
703 */
|
|
|
704 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
|
705 {
|
|
|
706 if (p > ptr)
|
|
|
707 --p;
|
|
|
708 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
709 --p;
|
|
|
710 }
|
|
|
711 /*
|
|
|
712 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
|
713 * lines. eg:
|
|
|
714 * if (condition &&
|
|
|
715 * condition) {
|
|
|
716 * Should line up here!
|
|
|
717 * }
|
|
|
718 */
|
|
|
719 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
720 {
|
|
|
721 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
722 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
723 {
|
|
|
724 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
725 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
726 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
727 }
|
|
|
728 }
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
|
731 * checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
|
732 */
|
|
|
733 if (last_char == '{')
|
|
|
734 {
|
|
|
735 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
|
736 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
|
737 }
|
|
|
738 /*
|
|
|
739 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
740 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
|
741 * '}'.
|
|
|
742 */
|
|
|
743 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
|
744 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
|
745 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
746 }
|
|
|
747 }
|
|
|
748 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
|
749 {
|
|
|
750 /*
|
|
|
751 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
752 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
753 */
|
|
|
754 if (
|
|
|
755 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
756 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
757 # endif
|
|
|
758 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
|
763 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
766 was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
|
767 else
|
|
|
768 was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
769 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771 if (was_backslashed)
|
|
|
772 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
|
773 else
|
|
|
774 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
777 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
|
778 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
779 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
|
780 can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
|
781 }
|
|
|
782 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
783 }
|
|
|
784 if (do_si)
|
|
|
785 can_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
786 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
|
789 }
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
792 /*
|
|
|
793 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
|
794 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
|
795 */
|
|
|
796 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
797 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
798 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
|
|
|
799 else
|
|
|
800 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
801 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
802 {
|
|
|
803 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
|
804 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
|
805 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
806 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
807 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
|
808 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
|
809 int current_flag;
|
|
|
810 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
|
811 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
812
|
|
|
813 /*
|
|
|
814 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
|
815 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
|
816 */
|
|
|
817 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
818 {
|
|
|
819 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
820 {
|
|
|
821 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
822 continue;
|
|
|
823 }
|
|
|
824 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 current_flag = *p;
|
|
|
827 if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
|
828 {
|
|
|
829 /*
|
|
|
830 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
831 */
|
|
|
832 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
833 {
|
|
|
834 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
835 break;
|
|
|
836 }
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
838 /* find start of middle part */
|
|
|
839 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
840 require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
|
841 }
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 /*
|
|
|
844 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
|
845 */
|
|
|
846 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
847 {
|
|
|
848 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
849 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
850 ++p;
|
|
|
851 }
|
|
|
852 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
854 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
857 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
858 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
859 ++p;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
|
864 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
866 /*
|
|
|
867 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
|
868 * the comment leader.
|
|
|
869 */
|
|
|
870 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
873 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
|
874 {
|
|
|
875 comment_end = p;
|
|
|
876 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879 }
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
881 /*
|
|
|
882 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
883 */
|
|
|
884 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
|
887 {
|
|
|
888 lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
|
889 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
890 }
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
892 /*
|
|
|
893 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
|
894 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
|
895 * comment leader on the next line.
|
|
|
896 */
|
|
|
897 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
|
898 && ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
|
899 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|
900 || (p_extra == NULL
|
|
|
901 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|
902 || require_blank))
|
|
|
903 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
904 }
|
|
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906 }
|
|
|
907 if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
|
908 {
|
|
|
909 /*
|
|
|
910 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
911 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
|
912 * start (for C-comments).
|
|
|
913 */
|
|
|
914 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
915 {
|
|
|
916 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
|
917 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
918 break;
|
|
|
919 }
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 /*
|
|
|
922 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
923 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
|
924 */
|
|
|
925 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
|
926 --p;
|
|
|
927 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
|
928 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
|
929 ;
|
|
|
930 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
|
933 * the comment-end */
|
|
|
934 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
935
|
|
|
936 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
937 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
|
938 {
|
|
|
939 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
940 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
|
943 {
|
|
|
944 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
|
945 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
|
946 p2++;
|
|
|
947 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949 break;
|
|
|
950 }
|
|
|
951 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
|
952 {
|
|
|
953 /*
|
|
|
954 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
|
955 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
|
956 */
|
|
|
957 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
958 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
959 else
|
|
|
960 {
|
|
|
961 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
962 lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
|
963 }
|
|
|
964 break;
|
|
|
965 }
|
|
|
966 }
|
|
|
967 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
968 {
|
|
|
969 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
|
|
|
970 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
|
|
|
971 extra_len + 1);
|
|
|
972 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
973
|
|
|
974 if (leader == NULL)
|
|
|
975 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
976 else
|
|
|
977 {
|
|
|
978 STRNCPY(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
|
979 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 /*
|
|
|
982 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
|
983 */
|
|
|
984 if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
|
985 {
|
|
|
986 int c = 0;
|
|
|
987 int off = 0;
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
990 {
|
|
|
991 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
|
992 c = *p;
|
|
|
993 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
994 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
995 }
|
|
|
996 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
|
997 {
|
|
|
998 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
|
999 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
|
1000 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
|
1001 ;
|
|
|
1002 ++p;
|
|
17
|
1003
|
|
|
1004 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1005 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1006 * screen characters, not bytes. */
|
|
|
1007 {
|
|
|
1008 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1009 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1010 int old_size = 0;
|
|
|
1011 char_u *endp = p;
|
|
|
1012 int l;
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
|
|
|
1015 {
|
|
39
|
1016 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
|
|
17
|
1017 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
1018 }
|
|
|
1019 l = lead_repl_len - (endp - p);
|
|
|
1020 if (l != 0)
|
|
|
1021 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
|
|
|
1022 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
|
|
|
1023 lead_len += l;
|
|
|
1024 }
|
|
|
1025 #else
|
|
7
|
1026 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1027 p = leader;
|
|
|
1028 else
|
|
|
1029 p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
17
|
1030 #endif
|
|
7
|
1031 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1032 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
|
1033 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
|
1036 while (--p >= leader)
|
|
17
|
1037 {
|
|
|
1038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1039 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 p -= l;
|
|
|
1044 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1045 {
|
|
|
1046 p[1] = ' ';
|
|
|
1047 --l;
|
|
|
1048 }
|
|
|
1049 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
|
|
|
1050 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
|
|
|
1051 lead_len -= l;
|
|
|
1052 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1053 }
|
|
|
1054 else
|
|
|
1055 #endif
|
|
7
|
1056 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1057 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1058 }
|
|
7
|
1059 }
|
|
|
1060 else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1061 {
|
|
|
1062 p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
17
|
1063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1064 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1065 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
|
|
|
1066 * not to be overwritten. */
|
|
|
1067 {
|
|
|
1068 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1069 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1070 int i;
|
|
|
1071 int l;
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
|
|
|
1074 {
|
|
|
1075 l = mb_ptr2len_check(p + i);
|
|
|
1076 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
|
|
|
1077 break;
|
|
|
1078 }
|
|
|
1079 if (i != lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1080 {
|
|
|
1081 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
|
|
|
1082 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
|
|
|
1083 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
|
|
|
1084 }
|
|
|
1085 }
|
|
|
1086 #endif
|
|
7
|
1087 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
|
1090 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
|
1091 * remain the same. */
|
|
|
1092 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
|
1093 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1094 {
|
|
|
1095 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
|
1096 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
|
1097 {
|
|
|
1098 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1099 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
|
1100 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1101 }
|
|
|
1102 else
|
|
17
|
1103 {
|
|
|
1104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1105 int l = mb_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1108 {
|
|
|
1109 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1110 {
|
|
|
1111 /* Replace a double-wide char with
|
|
|
1112 * two spaces */
|
|
|
1113 --l;
|
|
|
1114 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1115 }
|
|
|
1116 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
|
|
|
1117 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1118 lead_len -= l - 1;
|
|
|
1119 }
|
|
|
1120 #endif
|
|
7
|
1121 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1122 }
|
|
7
|
1123 }
|
|
|
1124 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1125 }
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
|
1128 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1129 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1130 || do_si
|
|
|
1131 #endif
|
|
|
1132 )
|
|
|
1133 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
1134
|
|
|
1135 /* Add the indent offset */
|
|
|
1136 if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
|
1137 {
|
|
|
1138 off = -newindent;
|
|
|
1139 newindent = 0;
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141 else
|
|
|
1142 newindent += off;
|
|
|
1143
|
|
|
1144 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
|
1145 * alignment remains equal. */
|
|
|
1146 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
|
1147 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
1148 {
|
|
|
1149 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
|
1150 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
|
1151 break;
|
|
|
1152 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1153 --off;
|
|
|
1154 }
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
|
1157 * extra space */
|
|
|
1158 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
|
1159 extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1160 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 if (extra_space)
|
|
|
1164 {
|
|
|
1165 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1166 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1167 }
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 /*
|
|
|
1172 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
|
1173 * is in the comment leader
|
|
|
1174 */
|
|
|
1175 if (newindent
|
|
|
1176 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1177 || did_si
|
|
|
1178 #endif
|
|
|
1179 )
|
|
|
1180 {
|
|
|
1181 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
|
1182 {
|
|
|
1183 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1184 --newcol;
|
|
|
1185 ++leader;
|
|
|
1186 }
|
|
|
1187 }
|
|
|
1188
|
|
|
1189 }
|
|
|
1190 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1191 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1192 #endif
|
|
|
1193 }
|
|
|
1194 else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
|
1196 /*
|
|
|
1197 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
|
1198 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
|
1199 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
|
1200 * comment.
|
|
|
1201 */
|
|
|
1202 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
|
1203 (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1204 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1205 || do_si
|
|
|
1206 #endif
|
|
|
1207 ))
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1210 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
|
1211 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1212 {
|
|
|
1213 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
1214 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1217 }
|
|
|
1218 }
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220 #endif
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
1222 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
|
1223 if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
|
1225 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 /*
|
|
|
1228 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
|
1229 * non-blank.
|
|
|
1230 *
|
|
|
1231 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
|
1232 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
|
1233 */
|
|
|
1234 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1235 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
|
1236 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
|
1239 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1240 && (!enc_utf8
|
|
|
1241 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
|
1242 #endif
|
|
|
1243 )
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1246 replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
|
1247 ++p_extra;
|
|
|
1248 ++less_cols_off;
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250 }
|
|
|
1251 if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
|
1252 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
|
1255 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
|
1256 }
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1259 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1262 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
|
1263 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
|
1266 p_extra = leader;
|
|
|
1267 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
|
1268 less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
|
1269 }
|
|
|
1270 else
|
|
|
1271 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
|
1272 #endif
|
|
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1275 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1276 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1277 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1278 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
|
1279 #endif
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
|
1281 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
|
1282 == FAIL)
|
|
|
1283 goto theend;
|
|
|
1284 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
|
1285 * with markers. */
|
|
|
1286 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
|
1287 did_append = TRUE;
|
|
|
1288 }
|
|
|
1289 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1290 else
|
|
|
1291 {
|
|
|
1292 /*
|
|
|
1293 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
|
1294 */
|
|
|
1295 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
|
1296 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
|
1297 {
|
|
|
1298 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
|
1299 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
|
1300 */
|
|
|
1301 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
|
1302 vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
|
1303 }
|
|
|
1304 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
|
1305 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
1306 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
1307 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1308 }
|
|
|
1309 #endif
|
|
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 if (newindent
|
|
|
1312 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1313 || did_si
|
|
|
1314 #endif
|
|
|
1315 )
|
|
|
1316 {
|
|
|
1317 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1318 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1319 if (did_si)
|
|
|
1320 {
|
|
|
1321 if (p_sr)
|
|
|
1322 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1323 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1324 }
|
|
|
1325 #endif
|
|
|
1326 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
|
|
|
1327 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
1328 {
|
|
|
1329 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
1330
|
|
|
1331 /*
|
|
|
1332 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
|
1333 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
|
1334 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
|
1335 */
|
|
|
1336 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338 else
|
|
|
1339 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
|
1340 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1343
|
|
|
1344 /*
|
|
|
1345 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
|
1346 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
|
1347 */
|
|
|
1348 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1349 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
|
1350 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1351 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1352 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1353 if (no_si)
|
|
|
1354 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1355 #endif
|
|
|
1356 }
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1359 /*
|
|
|
1360 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
|
1361 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
|
1362 */
|
|
|
1363 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1364 while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1365 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1366 #endif
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 /* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
|
1375 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1376 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
|
1377 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
|
1378 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
|
1379 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1380 saved_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1381 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1382 {
|
|
|
1383 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
1384 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
|
1385 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
|
1388 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
|
1389 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
1390 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
|
1391 1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393 else
|
|
|
1394 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
1395 }
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 /*
|
|
|
1398 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
|
1399 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
|
1400 */
|
|
|
1401 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1404 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
|
1407 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1408 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1412 /*
|
|
|
1413 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
|
1414 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
|
1415 * normal INSERT mode.
|
|
|
1416 */
|
|
|
1417 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1418 {
|
|
|
1419 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
|
1420 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1421 }
|
|
|
1422 else
|
|
|
1423 vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1424 #endif
|
|
|
1425 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
1426 /*
|
|
|
1427 * May do lisp indenting.
|
|
|
1428 */
|
|
|
1429 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1430 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1431 && leader == NULL
|
|
|
1432 # endif
|
|
|
1433 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
|
1434 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
1435 {
|
|
|
1436 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
1437 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1438 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440 #endif
|
|
|
1441 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1442 /*
|
|
|
1443 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
|
1444 */
|
|
|
1445 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1446 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
1447 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1448 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
1449 # endif
|
|
|
1450 )
|
|
|
1451 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
|
1452 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
1453 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
|
1454 {
|
|
|
1455 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1456 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1457 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1458 }
|
|
|
1459 #endif
|
|
|
1460 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1461 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
|
1462 State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
1463 #endif
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1466 /*
|
|
|
1467 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
|
1468 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
|
1469 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
|
1470 */
|
|
|
1471 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1472 {
|
|
|
1473 /* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
|
1474 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1475 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1476 goto theend;
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1479 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1482 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1483 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1484 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1485 #endif
|
|
|
1486 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
|
1487 vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
|
1488 next_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490 #endif
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
|
1493 theend:
|
|
|
1494 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
|
1495 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
1496 vim_free(next_line);
|
|
|
1497 vim_free(allocated);
|
|
|
1498 return retval;
|
|
|
1499 }
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1502 /*
|
|
|
1503 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
|
|
|
1504 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
|
|
|
1505 * returned.
|
|
|
1506 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
|
1507 * comment leader.
|
|
|
1508 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
|
1509 */
|
|
|
1510 int
|
|
|
1511 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
|
|
|
1512 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1513 char_u **flags;
|
|
|
1514 int backward;
|
|
|
1515 {
|
|
|
1516 int i, j;
|
|
|
1517 int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
|
1518 int found_one;
|
|
|
1519 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
1520 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
|
1521 char_u *list;
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 i = 0;
|
|
|
1524 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
|
1525 ++i;
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 /*
|
|
|
1528 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
|
1529 */
|
|
|
1530 while (line[i])
|
|
|
1531 {
|
|
|
1532 /*
|
|
|
1533 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
|
1534 */
|
|
|
1535 found_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1536 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
|
1537 {
|
|
|
1538 /*
|
|
|
1539 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
|
1540 * put string at start of string.
|
|
|
1541 */
|
|
|
1542 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
|
|
|
1543 *flags = list;
|
|
|
1544 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
1545 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
|
1546 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
|
1547 continue;
|
|
|
1548 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 /*
|
|
|
1551 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
|
1552 * nested comments.
|
|
|
1553 */
|
|
|
1554 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1555 continue;
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
|
|
|
1558 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
|
1559 continue;
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /*
|
|
|
1562 * Line contents and string must match.
|
|
|
1563 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
|
1564 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
|
1565 * TABs and spaces).
|
|
|
1566 */
|
|
|
1567 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1568 {
|
|
|
1569 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
|
1570 continue;
|
|
|
1571 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1572 ++string;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
|
1575 ;
|
|
|
1576 if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1577 continue;
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 /*
|
|
|
1580 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
|
1581 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
|
1582 */
|
|
|
1583 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
|
1584 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1585 continue;
|
|
|
1586
|
|
|
1587 /*
|
|
|
1588 * We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
|
1589 */
|
|
|
1590 i += j;
|
|
|
1591 got_com = TRUE;
|
|
|
1592 found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1593 break;
|
|
|
1594 }
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 /*
|
|
|
1597 * No match found, stop scanning.
|
|
|
1598 */
|
|
|
1599 if (!found_one)
|
|
|
1600 break;
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 /*
|
|
|
1603 * Include any trailing white space.
|
|
|
1604 */
|
|
|
1605 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
1606 ++i;
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 /*
|
|
|
1609 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
|
|
|
1610 */
|
|
|
1611 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1612 break;
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614 return (got_com ? i : 0);
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616 #endif
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 /*
|
|
|
1619 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
|
1620 */
|
|
|
1621 int
|
|
|
1622 plines(lnum)
|
|
|
1623 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1624 {
|
|
|
1625 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1626 }
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 int
|
|
|
1629 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1630 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1631 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1632 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1633 {
|
|
|
1634 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1635 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1636 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1637 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1638 }
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 int
|
|
|
1641 plines_nofill(lnum)
|
|
|
1642 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1643 {
|
|
|
1644 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 int
|
|
|
1648 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1649 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1650 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1651 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1652 {
|
|
|
1653 #endif
|
|
|
1654 int lines;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1657 return 1;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1660 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1661 return 1;
|
|
|
1662 #endif
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1665 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
|
1666 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
|
1667 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
|
1668 return 1;
|
|
|
1669 #endif
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1672 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1673 return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
|
1674 return lines;
|
|
|
1675 }
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 /*
|
|
|
1678 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
|
1679 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
|
1680 */
|
|
|
1681 int
|
|
|
1682 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
1683 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1684 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1685 {
|
|
|
1686 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1687 long col;
|
|
|
1688 int width;
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1691 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
|
1692 return 1;
|
|
|
1693 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 /*
|
|
|
1696 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
|
1697 * extra column.
|
|
|
1698 */
|
|
|
1699 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
|
1700 col += 1;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 /*
|
|
|
1703 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
|
1704 */
|
|
|
1705 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1706 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1707 return 32000;
|
|
|
1708 if (col <= width)
|
|
|
1709 return 1;
|
|
|
1710 col -= width;
|
|
|
1711 width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
1712 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
|
1713 }
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
1715 /*
|
|
|
1716 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
|
1717 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
|
1718 */
|
|
|
1719 int
|
|
|
1720 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
|
|
|
1721 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1722 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1723 long column;
|
|
|
1724 {
|
|
|
1725 long col;
|
|
|
1726 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1727 int lines = 0;
|
|
|
1728 int width;
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1731 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1732 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1733 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1734 #endif
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1737 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1740 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1741 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1742 #endif
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 col = 0;
|
|
|
1747 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
|
1748 {
|
|
|
1749 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
39
|
1750 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 /*
|
|
|
1754 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
|
1755 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
|
1756 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
|
1757 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
|
1758 * 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
|
1759 */
|
|
|
1760 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
|
1761 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
1762
|
|
|
1763 /*
|
|
|
1764 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
|
1765 */
|
|
|
1766 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1767 if (width > 0)
|
|
|
1768 {
|
|
|
1769 lines += 1;
|
|
|
1770 if (col >= width)
|
|
|
1771 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
|
|
|
1772 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1773 return lines;
|
|
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
|
|
|
1776 }
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 int
|
|
|
1779 plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
|
|
|
1780 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1781 linenr_T first, last;
|
|
|
1782 {
|
|
|
1783 int count = 0;
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 while (first <= last)
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1788 int x;
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
|
1791 * that are maybe folded. */
|
|
|
1792 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
|
1793 if (x > 0)
|
|
|
1794 {
|
|
|
1795 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
|
1796 first += x;
|
|
|
1797 }
|
|
|
1798 else
|
|
|
1799 #endif
|
|
|
1800 {
|
|
|
1801 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1802 if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
|
1803 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
|
1804 else
|
|
|
1805 #endif
|
|
|
1806 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
|
1807 ++first;
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809 }
|
|
|
1810 return (count);
|
|
|
1811 }
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1814 /*
|
|
|
1815 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1816 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1817 */
|
|
|
1818 void
|
|
|
1819 ins_bytes(p)
|
|
|
1820 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
|
1823 }
|
|
|
1824 #endif
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1827 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1828 /*
|
|
|
1829 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1830 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1831 */
|
|
|
1832 void
|
|
|
1833 ins_bytes_len(p, len)
|
|
|
1834 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1835 int len;
|
|
|
1836 {
|
|
|
1837 int i;
|
|
|
1838 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1839 int n;
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 n = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + i);
|
|
|
1844 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
|
1845 }
|
|
|
1846 # else
|
|
|
1847 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1848 ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
|
1849 # endif
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851 #endif
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 /*
|
|
|
1854 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1855 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
|
1856 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1857 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
|
1858 * convert bytes to a character.
|
|
|
1859 */
|
|
|
1860 void
|
|
|
1861 ins_char(c)
|
|
|
1862 int c;
|
|
|
1863 {
|
|
|
1864 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1865 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
1866 int n;
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
1869
|
|
|
1870 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1871 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
|
1872 if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
|
1873 buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 void
|
|
|
1879 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
|
|
|
1880 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1881 int charlen;
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 int c = buf[0];
|
|
|
1884 int l, j;
|
|
|
1885 #endif
|
|
|
1886 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
|
1887 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
|
1888 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1889 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
1890 char_u *oldp;
|
|
|
1891 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
|
1892 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1893 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1894 int i;
|
|
|
1895
|
|
|
1896 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1897 /* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
|
1898 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1899 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1900 #endif
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1903 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1904 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
1905
|
|
|
1906 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
|
1907 oldlen = 0;
|
|
|
1908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1909 newlen = charlen;
|
|
|
1910 #else
|
|
|
1911 newlen = 1;
|
|
|
1912 #endif
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1917 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1918 {
|
|
|
1919 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1920 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
1921 int old_list;
|
|
|
1922 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1923 char_u buf[2];
|
|
|
1924 #endif
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 /*
|
|
|
1927 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
1928 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
|
1929 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
|
1930 */
|
|
|
1931 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1932 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
1933 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 /*
|
|
|
1936 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
|
1937 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
|
1938 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
|
1939 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
|
1940 */
|
|
|
1941 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
1942 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1943 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1944 buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1945 #endif
|
|
|
1946 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
|
1947 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
|
1948 {
|
|
|
1949 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
|
1950 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
|
1951 * position. */
|
|
|
1952 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
|
1953 break;
|
|
|
1954 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1955 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
|
1956 #else
|
|
|
1957 ++oldlen;
|
|
|
1958 #endif
|
|
|
1959 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
|
1960 if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
|
1961 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
|
1964 }
|
|
|
1965 else
|
|
|
1966 #endif
|
|
|
1967 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1968 {
|
|
|
1969 /* normal replace */
|
|
|
1970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1971 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col);
|
|
|
1972 #else
|
|
|
1973 oldlen = 1;
|
|
|
1974 #endif
|
|
|
1975 }
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977
|
|
|
1978 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
|
1979 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
|
1980 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
|
1981 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
|
1982 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1983 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
|
1984 {
|
|
|
1985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1986 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
|
1987 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
1988 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
|
|
|
1989 i += l;
|
|
|
1990 #else
|
|
|
1991 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
|
1992 #endif
|
|
|
1993 }
|
|
|
1994 }
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
|
1997 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
1998 return;
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
|
2001 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2002 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
|
2005 p = newp + col;
|
|
|
2006 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
|
2007 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
|
2010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2011 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
|
2012 i = charlen;
|
|
|
2013 #else
|
|
|
2014 *p = c;
|
|
|
2015 i = 1;
|
|
|
2016 #endif
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
|
2019 while (i < newlen)
|
|
|
2020 p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2023 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2026 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 /*
|
|
|
2029 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
|
2030 * show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
2033 && msg_silent == 0
|
|
|
2034 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2035 && charlen == 1
|
|
|
2036 #endif
|
|
|
2037 )
|
|
|
2038 showmatch(c);
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
2041 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2042 #endif
|
|
|
2043 {
|
|
|
2044 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
|
2045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2046 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
|
2047 #else
|
|
|
2048 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2049 #endif
|
|
|
2050 }
|
|
|
2051 /*
|
|
|
2052 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
|
2053 */
|
|
|
2054 }
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 /*
|
|
|
2057 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
|
2058 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
|
2059 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2060 */
|
|
|
2061 void
|
|
|
2062 ins_str(s)
|
|
|
2063 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2066 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
2067 int oldlen;
|
|
|
2068 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2069 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2072 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
2073 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
2074 #endif
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2077 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2078 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
|
2081 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2082 return;
|
|
|
2083 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2084 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2085 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
|
2086 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
|
2087 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2088 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
|
2090 }
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 /*
|
|
|
2093 * Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
|
2094 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2095 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2096 *
|
|
|
2097 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2098 */
|
|
|
2099 int
|
|
|
2100 del_char(fixpos)
|
|
|
2101 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2102 {
|
|
|
2103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2104 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
|
2107 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
2108 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
2109 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2110 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2111 }
|
|
|
2112 #endif
|
|
|
2113 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2117 /*
|
|
|
2118 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
|
2120 int
|
|
|
2121 del_chars(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2122 long count;
|
|
|
2123 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 long bytes = 0;
|
|
|
2126 long i;
|
|
|
2127 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2128 int l;
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2131 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
2134 bytes += l;
|
|
|
2135 p += l;
|
|
|
2136 }
|
|
|
2137 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos);
|
|
|
2138 }
|
|
|
2139 #endif
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 /*
|
|
|
2142 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
|
2143 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2144 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2145 *
|
|
|
2146 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2147 */
|
|
|
2148 int
|
|
|
2149 del_bytes(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2150 long count;
|
|
|
2151 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2152 {
|
|
|
2153 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2154 colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
|
2155 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2156 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2157 int was_alloced;
|
|
|
2158 long movelen;
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2161 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /*
|
|
|
2164 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2165 */
|
|
|
2166 if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
|
2167 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2170 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
|
2171 * delete the last combining character. */
|
|
22
|
2172 if (p_deco && enc_utf8 && utfc_ptr2len_check(oldp + col) >= count)
|
|
7
|
2173 {
|
|
|
2174 int c1, c2;
|
|
|
2175 int n;
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, &c1, &c2);
|
|
|
2178 if (c1 != NUL)
|
|
|
2179 {
|
|
|
2180 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
|
2181 n = col;
|
|
|
2182 do
|
|
|
2183 {
|
|
|
2184 col = n;
|
|
|
2185 count = utf_ptr2len_check(oldp + n);
|
|
|
2186 n += count;
|
|
|
2187 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
|
2188 fixpos = 0;
|
|
|
2189 }
|
|
|
2190 }
|
|
|
2191 #endif
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 /*
|
|
|
2194 * When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
|
2195 */
|
|
|
2196 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
|
2197 if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
|
2198 {
|
|
|
2199 /*
|
|
|
2200 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
|
2201 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2202 */
|
|
|
2203 if (col > 0 && fixpos)
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
|
2205 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2206 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2207 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2208 #endif
|
|
|
2209 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2210 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2211 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
|
2212 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2213 #endif
|
|
|
2214 }
|
|
|
2215 count = oldlen - col;
|
|
|
2216 movelen = 1;
|
|
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 /*
|
|
|
2220 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
|
2221 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
|
2222 */
|
|
|
2223 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
|
2224 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2225 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
2226 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
|
|
|
2227 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
|
|
|
2228 #endif
|
|
|
2229 if (was_alloced)
|
|
|
2230 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
|
2231 else
|
|
|
2232 { /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
|
2233 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
|
2234 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2235 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2236 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
|
2239 if (!was_alloced)
|
|
|
2240 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2243 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 return OK;
|
|
|
2246 }
|
|
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 /*
|
|
|
2249 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
|
2250 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2251 *
|
|
|
2252 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2253 */
|
|
|
2254 int
|
|
|
2255 truncate_line(fixpos)
|
|
|
2256 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
|
2257 {
|
|
|
2258 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
2259 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2260 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2261
|
|
|
2262 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
2263 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
2264 else
|
|
|
2265 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2268 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2269
|
|
|
2270 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2273 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 /*
|
|
|
2276 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2277 */
|
|
|
2278 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
2279 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 return OK;
|
|
|
2282 }
|
|
|
2283
|
|
|
2284 /*
|
|
|
2285 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
|
2286 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
|
2287 */
|
|
|
2288 void
|
|
|
2289 del_lines(nlines, undo)
|
|
|
2290 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
|
2291 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
|
2292 {
|
|
|
2293 long n;
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
|
2296 return;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
|
2299 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2300 return;
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
|
2305 break;
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
2308 ++n;
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
|
2311 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2312 break;
|
|
|
2313 }
|
|
|
2314 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2315 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
2318 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
2319 }
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 int
|
|
|
2322 gchar_pos(pos)
|
|
|
2323 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2328 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2329 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
2330 #endif
|
|
|
2331 return (int)*ptr;
|
|
|
2332 }
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 int
|
|
|
2335 gchar_cursor()
|
|
|
2336 {
|
|
|
2337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2338 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2339 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
2340 #endif
|
|
|
2341 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
|
2345 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
|
2346 * It is directly written into the block.
|
|
|
2347 */
|
|
|
2348 void
|
|
|
2349 pchar_cursor(c)
|
|
|
2350 int c;
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
|
2353 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
2357 /*
|
|
|
2358 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
|
|
|
2359 */
|
|
|
2360 void
|
|
|
2361 goto_endofbuf(pos)
|
|
|
2362 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2363 {
|
|
|
2364 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
2367 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
2368 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
2369 while (*p++)
|
|
|
2370 ++pos->col;
|
|
|
2371 }
|
|
|
2372 #endif
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 /*
|
|
|
2375 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
|
2376 * non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
2377 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
|
2378 * the line.
|
|
|
2379 */
|
|
|
2380 int
|
|
|
2381 inindent(extra)
|
|
|
2382 int extra;
|
|
|
2383 {
|
|
|
2384 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2385 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2386
|
|
|
2387 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
|
2388 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2389 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
|
2390 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2391 else
|
|
|
2392 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2393 }
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 /*
|
|
|
2396 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
|
2397 */
|
|
|
2398 char_u *
|
|
|
2399 skip_to_option_part(p)
|
|
|
2400 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 if (*p == ',')
|
|
|
2403 ++p;
|
|
|
2404 while (*p == ' ')
|
|
|
2405 ++p;
|
|
|
2406 return p;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 /*
|
|
|
2410 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
|
2411 *
|
|
|
2412 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
|
2413 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
|
2414 */
|
|
|
2415 void
|
|
|
2416 changed()
|
|
|
2417 {
|
|
|
2418 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
2419 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
|
2420 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
|
2421 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
|
2422 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
|
2423 return;
|
|
|
2424 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
2425 #endif
|
|
|
2426
|
|
|
2427 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
|
2428 {
|
|
|
2429 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 change_warning(0);
|
|
|
2432 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
|
2433 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
|
2434 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
|
2435 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
2436 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
|
2437 #endif
|
|
|
2438 )
|
|
|
2439 {
|
|
|
2440 ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
|
2443 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
|
2444 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
|
2445 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
|
2446 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2447 {
|
|
|
2448 out_flush();
|
|
|
2449 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
|
2450 wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
|
2451 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2452 }
|
|
|
2453 }
|
|
|
2454 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
39
|
2455 ml_setflags(curbuf);
|
|
7
|
2456 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2457 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
|
2458 #endif
|
|
|
2459 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2460 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2461 #endif
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465
|
|
265
|
2466 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2467 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
7
|
2468 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 /*
|
|
|
2471 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2472 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2473 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2474 * - invalidates cached values
|
|
|
2475 */
|
|
|
2476 void
|
|
|
2477 changed_bytes(lnum, col)
|
|
|
2478 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2479 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2480 {
|
|
265
|
2481 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
|
|
7
|
2482 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
265
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2485 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
|
|
|
2486 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2487 {
|
|
|
2488 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2489 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2492 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2493 {
|
|
|
2494 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2495 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2496 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2497 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
|
|
|
2498 }
|
|
|
2499 }
|
|
|
2500 #endif
|
|
7
|
2501 }
|
|
|
2502
|
|
|
2503 static void
|
|
265
|
2504 changedOneline(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
2505 buf_T *buf;
|
|
7
|
2506 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2507 {
|
|
265
|
2508 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2509 {
|
|
|
2510 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2511 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2512 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2513 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2514 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
7
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516 else
|
|
|
2517 {
|
|
|
2518 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
265
|
2519 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2520 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2521 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2522 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
7
|
2523 }
|
|
|
2524 }
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 /*
|
|
|
2527 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2528 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2529 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2530 */
|
|
|
2531 void
|
|
|
2532 appended_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2533 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2534 long count;
|
|
|
2535 {
|
|
|
2536 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2537 }
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 /*
|
|
|
2540 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2541 */
|
|
|
2542 void
|
|
|
2543 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2544 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2545 long count;
|
|
|
2546 {
|
|
|
2547 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
|
2548 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2549 }
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 /*
|
|
|
2552 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2553 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2554 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2555 */
|
|
|
2556 void
|
|
|
2557 deleted_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2558 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2559 long count;
|
|
|
2560 {
|
|
|
2561 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2562 }
|
|
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 /*
|
|
|
2565 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2566 */
|
|
|
2567 void
|
|
|
2568 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2569 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2570 long count;
|
|
|
2571 {
|
|
|
2572 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
|
2573 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2574 }
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 /*
|
|
|
2577 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2578 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2579 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2580 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2581 * - invalidate cached values
|
|
|
2582 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
|
2583 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
|
2584 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
|
2585 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
|
2586 */
|
|
|
2587 void
|
|
|
2588 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2589 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2590 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
|
|
|
2591 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2592 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2593 {
|
|
265
|
2594 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2597 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2598 {
|
|
|
2599 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
|
|
|
2600 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
|
|
|
2601 * displaying. */
|
|
|
2602 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2603 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
2605 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2606 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
|
2608 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2609 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2610 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2611 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
|
|
|
2612 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
|
|
|
2613 }
|
|
|
2614 }
|
|
|
2615 #endif
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2618 }
|
|
|
2619
|
|
|
2620 static void
|
|
|
2621 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2622 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2623 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2624 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2625 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2626 {
|
|
|
2627 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2628 {
|
|
|
2629 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2630 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2631 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2632 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
7
|
2633 {
|
|
|
2634 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
265
|
2635 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
|
2636 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
|
2637 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
7
|
2638 }
|
|
265
|
2639 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2640 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2641 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
7
|
2642 }
|
|
|
2643 else
|
|
|
2644 {
|
|
|
2645 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2646 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2647 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2648 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2649 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
|
2650 }
|
|
7
|
2651 }
|
|
|
2652
|
|
|
2653 static void
|
|
|
2654 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2655 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2656 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2657 linenr_T lnume;
|
|
|
2658 long xtra;
|
|
|
2659 {
|
|
|
2660 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2661 int i;
|
|
|
2662 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2663 int cols;
|
|
|
2664 pos_T *p;
|
|
|
2665 int add;
|
|
|
2666 #endif
|
|
|
2667
|
|
|
2668 /* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
|
2669 changed();
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 /* set the '. mark */
|
|
|
2672 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
2673 {
|
|
|
2674 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
2675 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2678 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
|
2679 * don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
|
2680 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2681 {
|
|
|
2682 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2683 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2684 else
|
|
|
2685 {
|
|
|
2686 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
|
2687 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
|
2688 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
|
2689 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
|
2690 if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
2691 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2692 else
|
|
|
2693 {
|
|
|
2694 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
|
2695 if (cols == 0)
|
|
|
2696 cols = 79;
|
|
|
2697 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699 }
|
|
|
2700 if (add)
|
|
|
2701 {
|
|
|
2702 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
|
2703 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
|
2704 * position in the changelist. */
|
|
|
2705 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
|
2708 {
|
|
|
2709 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
|
2710 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
2711 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
|
2712 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
|
2713 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2714 {
|
|
|
2715 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
|
2716 * this buffer. */
|
|
|
2717 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
|
2718 --wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2719 }
|
|
|
2720 }
|
|
|
2721 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2722 {
|
|
|
2723 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
|
2724 * at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
|
2725 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
|
2726 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
|
2727 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
|
2733 curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
|
2734 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
|
2735 * takes you back to it. */
|
|
|
2736 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2737 #endif
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
|
2744 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
|
2745 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
|
2746 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
|
2749 * values for the cursor. */
|
|
|
2750 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2751 /*
|
|
|
2752 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
|
2753 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
|
2754 */
|
|
|
2755 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
|
2758 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
|
2759 * might be displayed differently.
|
|
|
2760 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
|
2761 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
|
2762 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2763 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
2764 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2765 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2766 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
|
2767 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
|
2770 * compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
|
2771 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
|
2773 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
2774 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
|
2775 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777 #endif
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
2780 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2781 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
|
2782 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2783 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
|
2784 {
|
|
|
2785 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
|
2786 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
|
2787 approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
|
2791 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
|
2792 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
|
2793 * after the change. */
|
|
|
2794 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
|
2795 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
|
2796 {
|
|
|
2797 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
|
2801 /* line included in change */
|
|
|
2802 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2803 }
|
|
|
2804 else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
|
2805 {
|
|
|
2806 /* line below change */
|
|
|
2807 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2808 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2809 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2810 #endif
|
|
|
2811 }
|
|
|
2812 }
|
|
|
2813 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2814 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2815 {
|
|
|
2816 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
|
2817 * may need to be redrawn */
|
|
|
2818 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2819 }
|
|
|
2820 #endif
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 }
|
|
|
2823 }
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
|
2826 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
|
2827 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2828 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2829 }
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 /*
|
|
|
2832 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2833 */
|
|
|
2834 void
|
|
|
2835 unchanged(buf, ff)
|
|
|
2836 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2837 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
|
2838 {
|
|
|
2839 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
|
2841 buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
39
|
2842 ml_setflags(buf);
|
|
7
|
2843 if (ff)
|
|
|
2844 save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
|
2845 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2846 check_status(buf);
|
|
|
2847 #endif
|
|
|
2848 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2849 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2850 #endif
|
|
|
2851 }
|
|
|
2852 ++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2853 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2854 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
|
2855 #endif
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2859 /*
|
|
|
2860 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2861 * need to be updated
|
|
|
2862 */
|
|
|
2863 void
|
|
|
2864 check_status(buf)
|
|
|
2865 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2866 {
|
|
|
2867 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2870 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
2873 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2874 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2875 }
|
|
|
2876 }
|
|
|
2877 #endif
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 /*
|
|
|
2880 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
|
2881 * Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
|
2882 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
|
2883 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but b_did_warn
|
|
|
2884 * will be TRUE.
|
|
|
2885 */
|
|
|
2886 void
|
|
|
2887 change_warning(col)
|
|
|
2888 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
|
2889 mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
|
2890 {
|
|
|
2891 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
|
2892 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
|
2893 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2894 && !autocmd_busy
|
|
|
2895 #endif
|
|
|
2896 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2897 {
|
|
|
2898 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2899 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
2900 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2901 return;
|
|
|
2902 #endif
|
|
|
2903 /*
|
|
|
2904 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
|
2905 * be after the mode message.
|
|
|
2906 */
|
|
|
2907 msg_start();
|
|
|
2908 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2909 msg_col = col;
|
|
16
|
2910 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
2911 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
|
|
|
2912 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
|
2913 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
2914 (void)msg_end();
|
|
|
2915 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
|
2916 {
|
|
|
2917 out_flush();
|
|
|
2918 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
|
2921 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
|
2922 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2923 showmode();
|
|
|
2924 }
|
|
|
2925 }
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 /*
|
|
|
2928 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
|
2929 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
|
2930 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
|
2931 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
|
2932 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
|
2933 *
|
|
|
2934 * return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
|
2935 */
|
|
|
2936 int
|
|
|
2937 ask_yesno(str, direct)
|
|
|
2938 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2939 int direct;
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
|
2941 int r = ' ';
|
|
|
2942 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
2943
|
|
|
2944 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
|
2945 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
2946 ++no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2947 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
2948 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
2949 #endif
|
|
|
2950 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
|
2951 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2952 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
|
2953 #endif
|
|
|
2954 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
2955 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
|
2958 {
|
|
|
2959 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
|
2960 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
|
2961 if (direct)
|
|
|
2962 r = get_keystroke();
|
|
|
2963 else
|
|
|
2964 r = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
2965 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
|
2966 r = 'n';
|
|
|
2967 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
|
2968 out_flush();
|
|
|
2969 }
|
|
|
2970 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2971 State = save_State;
|
|
|
2972 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2973 setmouse();
|
|
|
2974 #endif
|
|
|
2975 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
2976 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 return r;
|
|
|
2979 }
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 /*
|
|
|
2982 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
|
2983 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
|
2984 * button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
|
2985 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
|
2986 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
|
2987 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
|
2988 */
|
|
|
2989 int
|
|
|
2990 get_keystroke()
|
|
|
2991 {
|
|
|
2992 #define CBUFLEN 151
|
|
|
2993 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
|
|
|
2994 int len = 0;
|
|
|
2995 int n;
|
|
|
2996 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
|
2999 for (;;)
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 cursor_on();
|
|
|
3002 out_flush();
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
|
3005 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
|
|
|
3006 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
|
|
|
3007 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
|
|
|
3008 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
|
|
|
3009 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
|
3010 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3011 {
|
|
|
3012 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
|
3013 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
|
3014 len += n;
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 /* incomplete termcode: get more characters */
|
|
|
3018 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0)
|
|
|
3019 continue;
|
|
|
3020 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
|
3021 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3022 len = n;
|
|
|
3023 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
|
3024 continue;
|
|
|
3025
|
|
|
3026 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
|
3027 n = buf[0];
|
|
|
3028 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
3029 {
|
|
|
3030 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
|
3031 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|
3032 || n == K_IGNORE
|
|
|
3033 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3034 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|
3035 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|
3036 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|
3037 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|
3038 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|
3039 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|
3040 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|
3041 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|
3042 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|
3043 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|
3044 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|
3045 || n == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|
3046 || n == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|
3047 || n == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|
3048 || n == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|
3049 || n == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|
3050 || n == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|
3051 || n == K_X2RELEASE
|
|
|
3052 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3053 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3054 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3055 # endif
|
|
|
3056 #endif
|
|
|
3057 )
|
|
|
3058 {
|
|
|
3059 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
|
3060 mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
|
3061 len -= 3;
|
|
|
3062 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3063 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
3064 continue;
|
|
|
3065 }
|
|
|
3066 }
|
|
|
3067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3068 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
|
3071 continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
|
3072 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3073 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
|
3074 }
|
|
|
3075 #endif
|
|
|
3076 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3077 if (n == intr_char)
|
|
|
3078 n = ESC;
|
|
|
3079 #endif
|
|
|
3080 break;
|
|
|
3081 }
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
3084 return n;
|
|
|
3085 }
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 /*
|
|
|
3088 * get a number from the user
|
|
|
3089 */
|
|
|
3090 int
|
|
|
3091 get_number(colon)
|
|
|
3092 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
|
3093 {
|
|
|
3094 int n = 0;
|
|
|
3095 int c;
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
|
3098 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
|
3099 if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
|
3100 return 0;
|
|
|
3101
|
|
|
3102 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3103 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3104 #endif
|
|
|
3105 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3106 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3107 for (;;)
|
|
|
3108 {
|
|
|
3109 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
|
3110 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3111 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
|
3113 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
|
3114 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3115 }
|
|
|
3116 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
3117 {
|
|
|
3118 n /= 10;
|
|
|
3119 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
|
3122 {
|
|
|
3123 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
|
3124 if (!exmode_active)
|
|
|
3125 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3126 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
|
3127 do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3128 break;
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
|
3131 break;
|
|
|
3132 }
|
|
|
3133 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3134 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3135 return n;
|
|
|
3136 }
|
|
|
3137
|
|
323
|
3138 /*
|
|
|
3139 * Ask the user to enter a number.
|
|
|
3140 */
|
|
|
3141 int
|
|
|
3142 prompt_for_number()
|
|
|
3143 {
|
|
|
3144 int i;
|
|
344
|
3145 int save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3146 int save_State;
|
|
323
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
|
|
|
3149 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
|
|
344
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted. */
|
|
|
3152 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3153 cmdline_row = Rows - 1;
|
|
|
3154 save_State = State;
|
|
|
3155 State = CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3156
|
|
323
|
3157 i = get_number(TRUE);
|
|
|
3158 if (KeyTyped) /* don't call wait_return() now */
|
|
|
3159 {
|
|
|
3160 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3161 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
|
|
|
3162 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3163 msg_didany = FALSE;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
344
|
3165 else
|
|
|
3166 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3167 State = save_State;
|
|
|
3168
|
|
323
|
3169 return i;
|
|
|
3170 }
|
|
|
3171
|
|
7
|
3172 void
|
|
|
3173 msgmore(n)
|
|
|
3174 long n;
|
|
|
3175 {
|
|
|
3176 long pn;
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|
3179 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
|
3180 return;
|
|
|
3181
|
|
135
|
3182 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
|
|
|
3183 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
|
|
|
3184 * then "put" reports the last action. */
|
|
|
3185 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
|
|
|
3186 return;
|
|
|
3187
|
|
7
|
3188 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3189 pn = n;
|
|
|
3190 else
|
|
|
3191 pn = -n;
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 if (pn > p_report)
|
|
|
3194 {
|
|
|
3195 if (pn == 1)
|
|
|
3196 {
|
|
|
3197 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3198 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
|
|
|
3199 else
|
|
|
3200 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
|
|
|
3201 }
|
|
|
3202 else
|
|
|
3203 {
|
|
|
3204 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3205 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3206 else
|
|
|
3207 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3208 }
|
|
|
3209 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3210 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
|
|
|
3211 if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
|
3212 {
|
|
|
3213 set_keep_msg(msg_buf);
|
|
|
3214 keep_msg_attr = 0;
|
|
135
|
3215 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218 }
|
|
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 /*
|
|
|
3221 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3222 */
|
|
|
3223 void
|
|
|
3224 beep_flush()
|
|
|
3225 {
|
|
|
3226 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
|
3229 vim_beep();
|
|
|
3230 }
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 /*
|
|
|
3234 * give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3235 */
|
|
|
3236 void
|
|
|
3237 vim_beep()
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3240 {
|
|
|
3241 if (p_vb
|
|
|
3242 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3243 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
|
|
|
3244 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
|
3245 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
|
3246 #endif
|
|
|
3247 )
|
|
|
3248 {
|
|
|
3249 out_str(T_VB);
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251 else
|
|
|
3252 {
|
|
|
3253 #ifdef MSDOS
|
|
|
3254 /*
|
|
|
3255 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
|
|
|
3256 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
|
|
|
3257 * where the beeps don't overlap.
|
|
|
3258 */
|
|
|
3259 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
|
|
|
3260 {
|
|
|
3261 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3262 beep_count = 1;
|
|
|
3263 }
|
|
|
3264 else
|
|
|
3265 ++beep_count;
|
|
|
3266 #else
|
|
|
3267 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3268 #endif
|
|
|
3269 }
|
|
169
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
|
|
|
3272 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
|
|
|
3273 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
|
|
|
3274 {
|
|
|
3275 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3276 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3277 }
|
|
7
|
3278 }
|
|
|
3279 }
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 /*
|
|
|
3282 * To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
|
3283 * - get value of $HOME
|
|
|
3284 * For Unix:
|
|
|
3285 * - go to that directory
|
|
|
3286 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
|
3287 * This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
|
3288 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
|
3289 */
|
|
|
3290 static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 void
|
|
|
3293 init_homedir()
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3296
|
|
170
|
3297 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
|
|
|
3298 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3299 homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3300
|
|
7
|
3301 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3302 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3303 #else
|
|
|
3304 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3305 #endif
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
|
3308 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
3311 /*
|
|
|
3312 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
|
3313 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
|
3314 * when $HOME is being set.
|
|
|
3315 */
|
|
|
3316 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
|
3317 {
|
|
|
3318 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3319 char_u *exp;
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
|
3322 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3323 {
|
|
|
3324 STRNCPY(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
|
3325 NameBuff[p - (var + 1)] = NUL;
|
|
|
3326 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
|
3327 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
|
3328 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
274
|
3330 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
7
|
3331 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3332 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3333 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3334 }
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336 }
|
|
|
3337
|
|
|
3338 /*
|
|
|
3339 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
|
3340 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
|
3341 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
|
3342 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
|
3343 */
|
|
|
3344 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
|
3349 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
|
3350 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
|
|
|
3351 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3352 {
|
|
|
3353 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
|
3354 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
3355 {
|
|
|
3356 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3357 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3358 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3359 }
|
|
|
3360 }
|
|
|
3361 }
|
|
170
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
3364 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
|
|
|
3365 {
|
|
|
3366 int len;
|
|
|
3367 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3370 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
|
3371 acp_to_enc(var, STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
|
|
|
3372 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3373 {
|
|
|
3374 homedir = pp;
|
|
|
3375 return;
|
|
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377 }
|
|
|
3378 # endif
|
|
7
|
3379 #endif
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3382 /*
|
|
|
3383 * Default home dir is C:/
|
|
|
3384 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
|
3385 */
|
|
|
3386 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3387 var = "C:/";
|
|
|
3388 #endif
|
|
|
3389 if (var != NULL)
|
|
|
3390 {
|
|
|
3391 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3392 /*
|
|
|
3393 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
|
3394 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
|
3395 */
|
|
|
3396 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
|
3397 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
|
3398 {
|
|
|
3399 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
|
3400 var = IObuff;
|
|
|
3401 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
|
3402 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
|
3403 }
|
|
|
3404 #endif
|
|
|
3405 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 }
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 /*
|
|
|
3410 * Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
|
3411 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
|
3412 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
|
|
|
3413 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
|
3414 */
|
|
|
3415 void
|
|
|
3416 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
|
|
|
3417 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3418 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3419 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3420 {
|
|
|
3421 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE);
|
|
|
3422 }
|
|
|
3423
|
|
|
3424 void
|
|
|
3425 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, esc)
|
|
|
3426 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3427 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3428 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3429 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
|
3430 {
|
|
|
3431 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
3432 int c;
|
|
|
3433 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3434 int copy_char;
|
|
|
3435 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
|
3436 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
3439 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
|
3440 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3441 {
|
|
|
3442 copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
22
|
3443 if ((*src == '$'
|
|
|
3444 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3445 && at_start
|
|
|
3446 #endif
|
|
|
3447 )
|
|
7
|
3448 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3449 || *src == '%'
|
|
|
3450 #endif
|
|
|
3451 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
|
3452 {
|
|
|
3453 mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 /*
|
|
|
3456 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
|
3457 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
|
3458 */
|
|
|
3459 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3462 var = dst;
|
|
|
3463 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3464
|
|
|
3465 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3466 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
|
3467 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
|
3468 {
|
|
|
3469 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
|
3470 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3471 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473 else
|
|
|
3474 #endif
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
|
3476 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
|
3477 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3478 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3479 #endif
|
|
|
3480 ))
|
|
|
3481 {
|
|
|
3482 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
|
|
|
3483 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
|
|
|
3484 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
|
|
|
3485 #else
|
|
|
3486 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3487 #endif
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3492 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3493 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3494 # else
|
|
|
3495 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3496 # endif
|
|
|
3497 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3498 else
|
|
|
3499 {
|
|
|
3500 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3501 if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
|
3502 # else
|
|
|
3503 if (*src == '%')
|
|
|
3504 #endif
|
|
|
3505 ++tail;
|
|
|
3506 #endif
|
|
|
3507 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3508 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
|
3509 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3510 }
|
|
|
3511 #endif
|
|
|
3512 }
|
|
|
3513 /* home directory */
|
|
|
3514 else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|
3515 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|
3516 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
3517 {
|
|
|
3518 var = homedir;
|
|
|
3519 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521 else /* user directory */
|
|
|
3522 {
|
|
|
3523 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
|
3524 /*
|
|
|
3525 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
|
3526 */
|
|
|
3527 tail = src;
|
|
|
3528 var = dst;
|
|
|
3529 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3530 while ( c-- > 0
|
|
|
3531 && *tail
|
|
|
3532 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
|
3533 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3534 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3535 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3536 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3537 /*
|
|
|
3538 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
|
3539 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
|
3540 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
|
3541 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
|
3542 */
|
|
|
3543 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
|
3548 if (pw != NULL)
|
|
|
3549 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
|
3550 else
|
|
|
3551 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3552 }
|
|
|
3553 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3554 # endif
|
|
|
3555 {
|
|
|
3556 expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
|
3559 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
|
3560 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
|
3561 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
|
3562 ExpandCleanup(&xpc);
|
|
|
3563 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3564 }
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
|
3567 /*
|
|
|
3568 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
3569 * directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
|
3570 */
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3573 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
|
3574 struct stat st;
|
|
|
3575
|
|
|
3576 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
|
3577 next_path = paths;
|
|
|
3578 while (*next_path)
|
|
|
3579 {
|
|
|
3580 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
|
3581 next_path++);
|
|
|
3582 if (*next_path)
|
|
|
3583 *next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
|
3584 STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
|
3585 STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
|
3586 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
|
3587 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
|
3588 {
|
|
|
3589 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
|
3590 STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
|
3591 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3592 break;
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594 }
|
|
|
3595 }
|
|
|
3596 # endif /* UNIX */
|
|
|
3597 #else
|
|
|
3598 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
|
3599 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3600 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
|
3601 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
|
3602 }
|
|
|
3603
|
|
|
3604 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3605 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
|
3606 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
|
3607 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3614 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3615 var = p;
|
|
|
3616 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3617 forward_slash(var);
|
|
|
3618 }
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620 #endif
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
|
3623 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
|
3624 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
|
3625 {
|
|
|
3626 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3629 {
|
|
|
3630 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3631 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3632 var = p;
|
|
|
3633 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3634 }
|
|
|
3635 }
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
|
3638 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
|
3641 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
39
|
3642 c = STRLEN(var);
|
|
7
|
3643 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
|
3644 * with it, skip a character */
|
|
39
|
3645 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
|
|
7
|
3646 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
3647 && dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
|
3648 #endif
|
|
|
3649 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3650 ++tail;
|
|
39
|
3651 dst += c;
|
|
7
|
3652 src = tail;
|
|
|
3653 copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3656 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3657 }
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 /*
|
|
|
3662 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
|
3663 */
|
|
|
3664 at_start = FALSE;
|
|
|
3665 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3668 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3669 }
|
|
|
3670 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
|
|
|
3671 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
|
3672 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3673 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3674 }
|
|
|
3675 }
|
|
|
3676 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3677 }
|
|
|
3678
|
|
|
3679 /*
|
|
|
3680 * Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
|
3681 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
196
|
3682 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
|
|
7
|
3683 */
|
|
|
3684 char_u *
|
|
|
3685 vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
|
|
|
3686 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3687 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
|
|
|
3688 {
|
|
|
3689 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3690 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3691 int vimruntime;
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3694 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
|
3695 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
|
3696 return homedir;
|
|
|
3697 #endif
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
|
3700 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3701 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 if (p != NULL)
|
|
170
|
3704 {
|
|
|
3705 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3706 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3707 {
|
|
|
3708 int len;
|
|
|
3709 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3712 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
|
3713 acp_to_enc(p, STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
|
3714 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 p = pp;
|
|
|
3717 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720 #endif
|
|
7
|
3721 return p;
|
|
170
|
3722 }
|
|
7
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
|
3725 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
|
3726 return NULL;
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 /*
|
|
|
3729 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
|
3730 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
|
3731 */
|
|
|
3732 if (vimruntime
|
|
|
3733 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3734 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
|
3735 #endif
|
|
|
3736 )
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3739 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3740 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3741 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3742 {
|
|
|
3743 p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
|
3744 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3745 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3746 else
|
|
|
3747 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
170
|
3748
|
|
|
3749 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3750 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 int len;
|
|
|
3753 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
|
|
|
3756 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
|
|
|
3757 * characters. */
|
|
|
3758 acp_to_enc(p, STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
|
3759 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3760 {
|
|
|
3761 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3762 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3763 p = pp;
|
|
|
3764 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3765 }
|
|
|
3766 }
|
|
|
3767 #endif
|
|
7
|
3768 }
|
|
|
3769 }
|
|
|
3770
|
|
|
3771 /*
|
|
|
3772 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
|
3773 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
|
3774 * - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
|
3775 */
|
|
|
3776 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3777 {
|
|
|
3778 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
|
3779 p = p_hf;
|
|
|
3780 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3781 /*
|
|
|
3782 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
|
3783 */
|
|
|
3784 else
|
|
|
3785 p = exe_name;
|
|
|
3786 #endif
|
|
|
3787 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3788 {
|
|
|
3789 /* remove the file name */
|
|
|
3790 pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
|
3793 if (p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3794 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3797 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3798 /* remove "build/..." from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3799 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3800 {
|
|
|
3801 char_u *pend1;
|
|
|
3802 char_u *pend2;
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"Contents/MacOS");
|
|
|
3805 pend2 = remove_tail_with_ext(p, pend1, (char_u *)".app");
|
|
|
3806 pend = remove_tail(p, pend2, (char_u *)"build");
|
|
|
3807 /* When runnig from project builder get rid of the
|
|
|
3808 * build/???.app, otherwise keep the ???.app */
|
|
|
3809 if (pend2 == pend)
|
|
|
3810 pend = pend1;
|
|
|
3811 }
|
|
|
3812 # endif
|
|
|
3813 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3814 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3815 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
|
3816 #endif
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
|
3819 if (!vimruntime)
|
|
|
3820 {
|
|
|
3821 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
|
3822 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
|
3823 }
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 /* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
|
3826 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
3827 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
|
3828 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
|
|
39
|
3829 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
|
|
7
|
3830 --pend;
|
|
|
3831 #endif
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 /* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
|
3834 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3837 {
|
|
|
3838 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3839 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3840 }
|
|
|
3841 else
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
|
3843 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3844 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
|
3845 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3846 {
|
|
|
3847 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3848 p = pend;
|
|
|
3849 }
|
|
|
3850 #endif
|
|
|
3851 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3852 }
|
|
|
3853 }
|
|
|
3854 }
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3857 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
|
3858 * default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
|
3859 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3860 {
|
|
|
3861 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
|
3862 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
|
3865 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3868 {
|
|
|
3869 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3870 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3871 else
|
|
|
3872 {
|
|
|
3873 p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
|
3874 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3875 }
|
|
|
3876 }
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
|
3878 #endif
|
|
|
3879
|
|
|
3880 /*
|
|
|
3881 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
|
3882 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
|
3883 */
|
|
|
3884 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3885 {
|
|
|
3886 if (vimruntime)
|
|
|
3887 {
|
|
|
3888 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
|
3889 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
|
3890 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
|
3891 {
|
|
115
|
3892 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
|
|
7
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
|
3897 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900 #endif
|
|
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902 else
|
|
|
3903 {
|
|
|
3904 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
|
3905 didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
|
3906 }
|
|
|
3907 }
|
|
|
3908 return p;
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 /*
|
|
|
3912 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
|
3913 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
|
3914 */
|
|
|
3915 static char_u *
|
|
|
3916 vim_version_dir(vimdir)
|
|
|
3917 char_u *vimdir;
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
|
3922 return NULL;
|
|
|
3923 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
|
3924 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3925 return p;
|
|
|
3926 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3927 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
|
3928 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3929 return p;
|
|
|
3930 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3931 return NULL;
|
|
|
3932 }
|
|
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 /*
|
|
|
3935 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
|
3936 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
3937 */
|
|
|
3938 static char_u *
|
|
|
3939 remove_tail(p, pend, name)
|
|
|
3940 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3941 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3942 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3943 {
|
|
|
3944 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
|
3945 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
3946
|
|
|
3947 if (newend >= p
|
|
|
3948 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
39
|
3949 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
|
|
7
|
3950 return newend;
|
|
|
3951 return pend;
|
|
|
3952 }
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 #if defined(USE_EXE_NAME) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3955 /*
|
|
|
3956 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "???.ext/", return "pend"
|
|
|
3957 * minus the length of "???.ext/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
3958 */
|
|
|
3959 static char_u *
|
|
|
3960 remove_tail_with_ext(p, pend, ext)
|
|
|
3961 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3962 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3963 char_u *ext;
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 int len = (int)STRLEN(ext) + 1;
|
|
|
3966 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 if (newend >= p && fnamencmp(newend, ext, len - 1) == 0)
|
|
41
|
3969 while (newend > p && !after_pathsep(p, newend))
|
|
|
3970 mb_ptr_back(p, newend);
|
|
|
3971 if (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))
|
|
7
|
3972 return newend;
|
|
|
3973 return pend;
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975 #endif
|
|
|
3976
|
|
|
3977 /*
|
|
|
3978 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
|
3979 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
|
3980 * again soon.
|
|
|
3981 */
|
|
|
3982 char_u *
|
|
|
3983 expand_env_save(src)
|
|
|
3984 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3985 {
|
|
|
3986 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
3988 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3989 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3990 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3991 return p;
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 /*
|
|
|
3995 * Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
|
3996 */
|
|
|
3997 void
|
|
|
3998 vim_setenv(name, val)
|
|
|
3999 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4000 char_u *val;
|
|
|
4001 {
|
|
|
4002 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
|
4003 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
|
4004 #else
|
|
|
4005 char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 /*
|
|
|
4008 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
|
4009 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
|
4010 */
|
|
|
4011 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
|
4012 if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
|
4013 {
|
|
|
4014 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
|
4015 putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017 #endif
|
|
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4021 /*
|
|
|
4022 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
|
4023 */
|
|
|
4024 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4025 char_u *
|
|
|
4026 get_env_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
4027 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
4028 int idx;
|
|
|
4029 {
|
|
|
4030 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
|
4031 /*
|
|
|
4032 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
|
4033 */
|
|
|
4034 return NULL;
|
|
|
4035 # else
|
|
|
4036 # ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
|
4037 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
|
4038 extern char **environ;
|
|
|
4039 # endif
|
|
17
|
4040 # define ENVNAMELEN 100
|
|
|
4041 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
|
|
7
|
4042 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4043 int n;
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
|
4046 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
4047 return NULL;
|
|
|
4048
|
|
17
|
4049 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
|
|
7
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
|
4052 break;
|
|
|
4053 name[n] = str[n];
|
|
|
4054 }
|
|
|
4055 name[n] = NUL;
|
|
|
4056 return name;
|
|
|
4057 # endif
|
|
|
4058 }
|
|
|
4059 #endif
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 /*
|
|
|
4062 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
|
4063 * 'src'.
|
|
|
4064 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
|
4065 */
|
|
|
4066 void
|
|
|
4067 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
|
|
|
4068 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4069 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4070 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
4071 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
4072 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
|
4073 spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
|
4074 {
|
|
|
4075 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
|
4076 size_t len;
|
|
|
4077 char_u *homedir_env;
|
|
|
4078 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 if (src == NULL)
|
|
|
4081 {
|
|
|
4082 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4083 return;
|
|
|
4084 }
|
|
|
4085
|
|
|
4086 /*
|
|
|
4087 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
|
4088 */
|
|
|
4089 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
|
4090 {
|
|
|
4091 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
|
4092 return;
|
|
|
4093 }
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 /*
|
|
|
4096 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
|
4097 * "real" home directory.
|
|
|
4098 */
|
|
|
4099 if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
|
4100 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4103 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
4104 #else
|
|
|
4105 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
4106 #endif
|
|
|
4107
|
|
|
4108 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
|
4109 homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
4110 if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
|
4111 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 if (!one)
|
|
|
4114 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
4115 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
|
4117 /*
|
|
|
4118 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
|
4119 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
|
4120 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
|
4121 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
|
4122 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
|
4123 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
|
4124 * er's home directory)).
|
|
|
4125 */
|
|
|
4126 p = homedir;
|
|
|
4127 len = dirlen;
|
|
|
4128 for (;;)
|
|
|
4129 {
|
|
|
4130 if ( len
|
|
|
4131 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
|
4132 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|
4133 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|
4134 || src[len] == NUL))
|
|
|
4135 {
|
|
|
4136 src += len;
|
|
|
4137 if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4138 *dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 /*
|
|
|
4141 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
|
4142 */
|
|
|
4143 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4144 *dst++ = '/';
|
|
|
4145 break;
|
|
|
4146 }
|
|
|
4147 if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
|
4148 break;
|
|
|
4149 p = homedir_env;
|
|
|
4150 len = envlen;
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
|
4154 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4155 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4156 /* skip separator */
|
|
|
4157 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4158 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4159 }
|
|
|
4160 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 /*
|
|
|
4166 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4167 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
4168 */
|
|
|
4169 char_u *
|
|
|
4170 home_replace_save(buf, src)
|
|
|
4171 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4172 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4173 {
|
|
|
4174 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
4175 unsigned len;
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
|
4178 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4179 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
|
4180 dst = alloc(len);
|
|
|
4181 if (dst != NULL)
|
|
|
4182 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
|
4183 return dst;
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
|
4185
|
|
|
4186 /*
|
|
|
4187 * Compare two file names and return:
|
|
|
4188 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
|
4189 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
|
4190 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
|
4191 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
|
4192 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
|
4193 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
|
4194 */
|
|
|
4195 int
|
|
|
4196 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
|
|
|
4197 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
4198 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
|
4199 {
|
|
|
4200 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4201 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4202 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4203 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4204 struct stat st1, st2;
|
|
|
4205 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4208 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
|
4209 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
|
4210 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
|
4213 if (checkname)
|
|
|
4214 {
|
|
|
4215 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4216 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4217 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4218 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4219 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
|
4220 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222 return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4223 }
|
|
|
4224 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4225 return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4226 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
|
4227 return FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4228 return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4229 #else
|
|
|
4230 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
|
4231 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
|
4232 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
|
4233 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4234 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
|
4237 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4238 {
|
|
|
4239 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4240 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4243 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4244 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
4247 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4250 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4251 else
|
|
|
4252 retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4253 }
|
|
|
4254 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4255 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4256 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
|
4257 retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4258 else
|
|
|
4259 retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4260 vim_free(exp1);
|
|
|
4261 }
|
|
|
4262 return retval;
|
|
|
4263 #endif
|
|
|
4264 }
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 /*
|
|
10
|
4267 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
|
4268 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
7
|
4269 */
|
|
|
4270 char_u *
|
|
|
4271 gettail(fname)
|
|
|
4272 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4273 {
|
|
|
4274 char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
4275
|
|
|
4276 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4277 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4278 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
|
4279 {
|
|
|
4280 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
|
4281 p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
39
|
4282 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
|
|
7
|
4283 }
|
|
|
4284 return p1;
|
|
|
4285 }
|
|
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 /*
|
|
39
|
4288 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
|
|
|
4289 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
|
|
|
4290 * Always returns a valid pointer.
|
|
|
4291 */
|
|
|
4292 char_u *
|
|
|
4293 gettail_sep(fname)
|
|
|
4294 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4295 {
|
|
|
4296 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4297 char_u *t;
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
|
|
|
4300 t = gettail(fname);
|
|
|
4301 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
|
|
|
4302 --t;
|
|
|
4303 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4304 /* path separator is part of the path */
|
|
|
4305 ++t;
|
|
|
4306 #endif
|
|
|
4307 return t;
|
|
|
4308 }
|
|
|
4309
|
|
|
4310 /*
|
|
7
|
4311 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
|
4312 */
|
|
|
4313 char_u *
|
|
|
4314 getnextcomp(fname)
|
|
|
4315 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4316 {
|
|
|
4317 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
39
|
4318 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
|
|
7
|
4319 if (*fname)
|
|
|
4320 ++fname;
|
|
|
4321 return fname;
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 /*
|
|
|
4325 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
|
4326 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
|
4327 * If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
|
4328 */
|
|
|
4329 char_u *
|
|
|
4330 get_past_head(path)
|
|
|
4331 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 char_u *retval;
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
4336 /* may skip "c:" */
|
|
|
4337 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4338 retval = path + 2;
|
|
|
4339 else
|
|
|
4340 retval = path;
|
|
|
4341 #else
|
|
|
4342 # if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
4343 /* may skip "label:" */
|
|
|
4344 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
|
4345 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
4346 retval = path;
|
|
|
4347 # else /* Unix */
|
|
|
4348 retval = path;
|
|
|
4349 # endif
|
|
|
4350 #endif
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
|
4353 ++retval;
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 return retval;
|
|
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 /*
|
|
|
4359 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
|
4360 */
|
|
|
4361 int
|
|
|
4362 vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
|
4363 int c;
|
|
|
4364 {
|
|
|
4365 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
4366 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
|
|
|
4367 #else
|
|
|
4368 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4369 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
|
4370 # else
|
|
|
4371 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4372 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
|
4373 # else
|
|
|
4374 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4375 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
|
4376 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|
4377 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
|
4378 # else
|
|
|
4379 # ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
4380 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4381 # else /* Amiga */
|
|
|
4382 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
|
4383 # endif
|
|
|
4384 # endif /* VMS */
|
|
|
4385 # endif
|
|
|
4386 # endif
|
|
|
4387 #endif /* RISC OS */
|
|
|
4388 }
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4391 /*
|
|
|
4392 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
|
4393 */
|
|
|
4394 int
|
|
|
4395 vim_ispathlistsep(c)
|
|
|
4396 int c;
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4399 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4400 #else
|
|
|
4401 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
|
|
|
4402 #endif
|
|
|
4403 }
|
|
|
4404 #endif
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
|
|
|
4407 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4408 /*
|
|
|
4409 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
|
|
|
4410 */
|
|
|
4411 int
|
|
|
4412 vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
|
|
|
4413 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4416 }
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 int
|
|
|
4419 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
|
|
|
4420 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4421 size_t len;
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
|
4423 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
|
4425 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
|
|
|
4426 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
|
|
|
4427 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
|
|
|
4428 break;
|
|
|
4429 ++x;
|
|
|
4430 ++y;
|
|
|
4431 --len;
|
|
|
4432 }
|
|
|
4433 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
4434 return 0;
|
|
|
4435 return (*x - *y);
|
|
|
4436 }
|
|
|
4437 #endif
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 /*
|
|
|
4440 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
|
4441 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
|
|
|
4442 */
|
|
|
4443 char_u *
|
|
|
4444 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
|
|
|
4445 char_u *fname1;
|
|
|
4446 char_u *fname2;
|
|
|
4447 int sep;
|
|
|
4448 {
|
|
|
4449 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
|
4452 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4453 {
|
|
|
4454 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
|
4455 if (sep)
|
|
|
4456 add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
|
4457 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
|
4458 }
|
|
|
4459 return dest;
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461
|
|
115
|
4462 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4463 /*
|
|
|
4464 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4465 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4466 */
|
|
|
4467 char_u *
|
|
|
4468 concat_str(str1, str2)
|
|
|
4469 char_u *str1;
|
|
|
4470 char_u *str2;
|
|
|
4471 {
|
|
|
4472 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4473 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
|
|
|
4474
|
|
|
4475 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
|
|
|
4476 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 STRCPY(dest, str1);
|
|
|
4479 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
|
4481 return dest;
|
|
|
4482 }
|
|
|
4483 #endif
|
|
|
4484
|
|
7
|
4485 /*
|
|
|
4486 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
|
4487 * separator.
|
|
|
4488 */
|
|
|
4489 void
|
|
|
4490 add_pathsep(p)
|
|
|
4491 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4492 {
|
|
39
|
4493 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
|
|
7
|
4494 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4495 }
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 /*
|
|
|
4498 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
|
4499 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4500 */
|
|
|
4501 char_u *
|
|
|
4502 FullName_save(fname, force)
|
|
|
4503 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4504 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
|
4505 like a full path name */
|
|
|
4506 {
|
|
|
4507 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4508 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4511 return NULL;
|
|
|
4512
|
|
|
4513 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4514 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4515 {
|
|
|
4516 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
|
4517 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
4518 else
|
|
|
4519 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
|
4520 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522 return new_fname;
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 /*
|
|
|
4530 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
|
4531 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
|
4532 */
|
|
|
4533 pos_T *
|
|
|
4534 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4535 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4536 {
|
|
|
4537 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
4538 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4539 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 if ((pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, ind_maxcomment)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4542 return NULL;
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 /*
|
|
|
4545 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
|
4546 */
|
|
|
4547 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
4548 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
|
4549 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
4550 if ((unsigned)(p - line) > pos->col)
|
|
|
4551 return NULL;
|
|
|
4552 return pos;
|
|
|
4553 }
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 /*
|
|
|
4556 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
|
4557 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
|
4558 */
|
|
|
4559 static char_u *
|
|
|
4560 skip_string(p)
|
|
|
4561 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4562 {
|
|
|
4563 int i;
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 /*
|
|
|
4566 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
|
4567 */
|
|
|
4568 for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
|
4569 {
|
|
|
4570 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4571 {
|
|
|
4572 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
|
4573 break;
|
|
|
4574 i = 2;
|
|
|
4575 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4576 {
|
|
|
4577 ++i;
|
|
|
4578 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
|
4579 ++i;
|
|
|
4580 }
|
|
|
4581 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
|
4582 {
|
|
|
4583 p += i;
|
|
|
4584 continue;
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586 }
|
|
|
4587 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
|
4588 {
|
|
|
4589 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4592 ++p;
|
|
|
4593 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
|
4594 break;
|
|
|
4595 }
|
|
|
4596 if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
|
4597 continue;
|
|
|
4598 }
|
|
|
4599 break; /* no string found */
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601 if (!*p)
|
|
|
4602 --p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
|
4603 return p;
|
|
|
4604 }
|
|
|
4605 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 /*
|
|
|
4610 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
|
4611 */
|
|
|
4612 void
|
|
|
4613 do_c_expr_indent()
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
4616 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
4617 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
|
4618 else
|
|
|
4619 # endif
|
|
|
4620 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
|
4621 }
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 /*
|
|
|
4624 * Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
|
4625 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
|
4626 */
|
|
|
4627 /*
|
|
|
4628 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
|
4629 */
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4632 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4633 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4634 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
|
|
|
4635 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4636 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
|
|
|
4637 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4638 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4639 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4640 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4641 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4642 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
|
|
|
4643 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4644 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4645 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
4646 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4647 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
|
|
|
4648 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4649 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4650 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4651 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
|
|
|
4652 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4653 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
|
|
|
4654 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
4655 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
|
|
|
4656 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
4657 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
|
|
|
4658 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
|
|
|
4659 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
|
|
|
4660 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 /*
|
|
|
4663 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
|
4664 */
|
|
|
4665 static char_u *
|
|
|
4666 cin_skipcomment(s)
|
|
|
4667 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4668 {
|
|
|
4669 while (*s)
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
4672 if (*s != '/')
|
|
|
4673 break;
|
|
|
4674 ++s;
|
|
|
4675 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4678 break;
|
|
|
4679 }
|
|
|
4680 if (*s != '*')
|
|
|
4681 break;
|
|
|
4682 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
|
4683 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
|
4684 {
|
|
|
4685 s += 2;
|
|
|
4686 break;
|
|
|
4687 }
|
|
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689 return s;
|
|
|
4690 }
|
|
|
4691
|
|
|
4692 /*
|
|
|
4693 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
|
4694 * not considered code.
|
|
|
4695 */
|
|
|
4696 static int
|
|
|
4697 cin_nocode(s)
|
|
|
4698 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4699 {
|
|
|
4700 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 /*
|
|
|
4704 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
|
4705 */
|
|
|
4706 static pos_T *
|
|
|
4707 find_line_comment() /* XXX */
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 static pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4710 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4711 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4714 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
|
4715 {
|
|
|
4716 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
|
4717 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4718 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
|
4719 {
|
|
|
4720 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
4721 return &pos;
|
|
|
4722 }
|
|
|
4723 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4724 break;
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726 return NULL;
|
|
|
4727 }
|
|
|
4728
|
|
|
4729 /*
|
|
|
4730 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 static int
|
|
|
4733 cin_islabel_skip(s)
|
|
|
4734 char_u **s;
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
|
4737 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
|
4740 (*s)++;
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
4743
|
|
|
4744 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
|
4745 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
|
4746 }
|
|
|
4747
|
|
|
4748 /*
|
|
|
4749 * Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
|
4750 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
|
4751 */
|
|
|
4752 int
|
|
|
4753 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4754 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4755 {
|
|
|
4756 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 /*
|
|
|
4761 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
|
4762 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
|
4763 */
|
|
|
4764 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4765 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4766 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
|
4767 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 /*
|
|
|
4772 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
|
4773 * label.
|
|
|
4774 */
|
|
|
4775 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4776 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
4777 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4778
|
|
|
4779 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4780 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 /*
|
|
|
4785 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
4786 */
|
|
|
4787 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4788 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4789 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4792 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
4793 continue;
|
|
|
4794 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
|
4795 continue;
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4798 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|
4799 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|
4800 || cin_iscase(line)
|
|
|
4801 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
|
4802 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4803 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4804 }
|
|
|
4805 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4806 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
|
4807 }
|
|
|
4808 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4809 }
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 /*
|
|
|
4812 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
|
|
|
4813 * Q&D-Implementation:
|
|
|
4814 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
|
|
|
4815 */
|
|
|
4816 static int
|
|
|
4817 cin_isinit(void)
|
|
|
4818 {
|
|
|
4819 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
|
|
|
4824 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4827 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
|
4830 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4833 }
|
|
|
4834
|
|
|
4835 /*
|
|
|
4836 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
|
4837 */
|
|
|
4838 int
|
|
|
4839 cin_iscase(s)
|
|
|
4840 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4841 {
|
|
|
4842 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4843 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
|
4847 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4848 if (*s == ':')
|
|
|
4849 {
|
|
|
4850 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4851 ++s;
|
|
|
4852 else
|
|
|
4853 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4854 }
|
|
|
4855 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4856 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
|
|
|
4857 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
|
4858 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
|
4859 else if (*s == '"')
|
|
|
4860 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4863 }
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4866 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4867 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4868 }
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 /*
|
|
|
4871 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
|
4872 */
|
|
|
4873 static int
|
|
|
4874 cin_isdefault(s)
|
|
|
4875 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4876 {
|
|
|
4877 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
|
4878 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
|
4879 && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
4880 }
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 /*
|
|
|
4883 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
|
|
|
4884 */
|
|
|
4885 int
|
|
|
4886 cin_isscopedecl(s)
|
|
|
4887 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4888 {
|
|
|
4889 int i;
|
|
|
4890
|
|
|
4891 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4892 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4893 i = 6;
|
|
|
4894 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
4895 i = 9;
|
|
|
4896 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
4897 i = 7;
|
|
|
4898 else
|
|
|
4899 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4900 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 /*
|
|
|
4904 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
|
4905 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
|
4906 * case 234: a = b;
|
|
|
4907 * ^
|
|
|
4908 */
|
|
|
4909 static char_u *
|
|
|
4910 after_label(l)
|
|
|
4911 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4912 {
|
|
|
4913 for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
|
4914 {
|
|
|
4915 if (*l == ':')
|
|
|
4916 {
|
|
|
4917 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4918 ++l;
|
|
|
4919 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
|
|
|
4920 break;
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4923 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
|
4924 }
|
|
|
4925 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
4926 return NULL;
|
|
|
4927 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
|
4928 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
4929 return NULL;
|
|
|
4930 return l;
|
|
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 /*
|
|
|
4934 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
|
4935 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
|
4936 */
|
|
|
4937 static int
|
|
|
4938 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4939 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4942 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4943 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4944 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4947 p = after_label(l);
|
|
|
4948 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4949 return 0;
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
|
4952 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4953 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4954 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4955 }
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 /*
|
|
|
4958 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
|
4959 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label).
|
|
|
4960 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
|
4961 * ^
|
|
|
4962 */
|
|
|
4963 static int
|
|
|
4964 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
4965 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4966 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
4967 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4968 {
|
|
|
4969 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4970 int amount;
|
|
|
4971 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4974 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4975 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4976 /* XXX */
|
|
|
4977 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
|
4979 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
|
4980 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4981 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4982 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4983 }
|
|
|
4984 else
|
|
|
4985 {
|
|
|
4986 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
4987 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4988 }
|
|
|
4989 *pp = l;
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4992 return amount;
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 /*
|
|
|
4996 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
|
4997 * int a, indent of "a"
|
|
|
4998 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
|
4999 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
|
5000 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
|
5001 */
|
|
|
5002 static int
|
|
|
5003 cin_first_id_amount()
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
|
5006 int len;
|
|
|
5007 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5008 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5011 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
5012 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
|
|
|
5013 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5014 {
|
|
|
5015 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
5016 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
|
|
|
5017 }
|
|
|
5018 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5019 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
5020 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5021 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
5022 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
5023 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
|
5024 {
|
|
|
5025 s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5026 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|
5027 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|
5028 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|
5029 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
|
5030 p = s;
|
|
|
5031 }
|
|
|
5032 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
|
5033 ;
|
|
|
5034 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
|
5035 return 0;
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5038 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5039 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
5040 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5041 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5042 }
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 /*
|
|
|
5045 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
|
5046 * char *foo = "here";
|
|
|
5047 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
|
5048 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
|
5049 * foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
5050 * asdf\
|
|
|
5051 * here";
|
|
|
5052 */
|
|
|
5053 static int
|
|
|
5054 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
|
|
|
5055 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5056 {
|
|
|
5057 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5058 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5059 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5060 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5061
|
|
|
5062 if (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5063 {
|
|
|
5064 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5065 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
5066 return -1;
|
|
|
5067 }
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5070 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
|
5071 {
|
|
|
5072 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5073 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5074 else
|
|
|
5075 ++s;
|
|
|
5076 }
|
|
|
5077 if (*s != '=')
|
|
|
5078 return 0;
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
|
5081 if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
|
5082 return 0;
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
|
5085 ++s;
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5088 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5089 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5090 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 /*
|
|
|
5094 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
|
5095 */
|
|
|
5096 static int
|
|
|
5097 cin_ispreproc(s)
|
|
|
5098 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
5101 if (*s == '#')
|
|
|
5102 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5103 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5104 }
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 /*
|
|
|
5107 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
|
5108 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
|
5109 * start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
|
5110 */
|
|
|
5111 static int
|
|
|
5112 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
|
|
|
5113 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5114 linenr_T *lnump;
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
|
5117 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
|
5118 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 while (1)
|
|
|
5121 {
|
|
|
5122 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
|
5123 {
|
|
|
5124 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5125 *lnump = lnum;
|
|
|
5126 break;
|
|
|
5127 }
|
|
|
5128 if (lnum == 1)
|
|
|
5129 break;
|
|
|
5130 line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
|
5131 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5132 break;
|
|
|
5133 }
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
|
5136 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
|
5137 return retval;
|
|
|
5138 }
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 /*
|
|
|
5141 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
|
5142 */
|
|
|
5143 static int
|
|
|
5144 cin_iscomment(p)
|
|
|
5145 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5146 {
|
|
|
5147 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
|
5148 }
|
|
|
5149
|
|
|
5150 /*
|
|
|
5151 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
|
5152 */
|
|
|
5153 static int
|
|
|
5154 cin_islinecomment(p)
|
|
|
5155 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5156 {
|
|
|
5157 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
|
5158 }
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 /*
|
|
|
5161 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
|
|
|
5162 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
|
5163 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
|
5164 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
|
5165 */
|
|
|
5166 static int
|
|
|
5167 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
|
|
|
5168 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5169 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
|
5170 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
|
5173
|
|
|
5174 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
|
5177 found_start = *s;
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 while (*s)
|
|
|
5180 {
|
|
|
5181 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
|
5182 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
|
5183 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5184 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
|
5185 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5186 return *s;
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 if (*s)
|
|
|
5189 s++;
|
|
|
5190 }
|
|
|
5191 return found_start;
|
|
|
5192 }
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 /*
|
|
|
5195 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
|
5196 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
|
5197 * no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
|
5198 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
|
5199 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
|
5200 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
|
5201 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
|
5202 */
|
|
|
5203 static int
|
|
|
5204 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
|
|
|
5205 char_u **sp;
|
|
|
5206 linenr_T first_lnum;
|
|
|
5207 {
|
|
|
5208 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5209 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
|
5210 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
5213 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5214 else
|
|
|
5215 s = *sp;
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5218 {
|
|
|
5219 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5220 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5221 else
|
|
|
5222 ++s;
|
|
|
5223 }
|
|
|
5224 if (*s != '(')
|
|
|
5225 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
5226
|
|
|
5227 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5228 {
|
|
|
5229 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5230 {
|
|
|
5231 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
|
5232 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
|
5233 * #if defined(x) && \
|
|
|
5234 * defined(y)
|
|
|
5235 */
|
|
|
5236 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
|
5237 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5238 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5239 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5240 goto done;
|
|
|
5241 }
|
|
|
5242 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5243 {
|
|
|
5244 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
|
|
|
5245 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5246 break;
|
|
|
5247
|
|
|
5248 s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5249 }
|
|
|
5250 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5251 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5252 else
|
|
|
5253 ++s;
|
|
|
5254 }
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 done:
|
|
|
5257 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
|
5258 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 return retval;
|
|
|
5261 }
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 static int
|
|
|
5264 cin_isif(p)
|
|
|
5265 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5266 {
|
|
|
5267 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 static int
|
|
|
5271 cin_iselse(p)
|
|
|
5272 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
|
5275 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5276 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
|
5277 }
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 static int
|
|
|
5280 cin_isdo(p)
|
|
|
5281 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 /*
|
|
|
5287 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
|
5288 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
|
5289 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
|
5290 */
|
|
|
5291 static int
|
|
|
5292 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5293 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5294 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5295 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5298 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5299 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5302 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5303 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5304 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5307 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5308 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5309 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5310 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
|
5311 {
|
|
|
5312 ++p;
|
|
|
5313 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
|
5316 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
|
5317 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5318 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320 return retval;
|
|
|
5321 }
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 static int
|
|
|
5324 cin_isbreak(p)
|
|
|
5325 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
|
5328 }
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 /* Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
|
5331 * constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
|
5332 *
|
|
|
5333 * class MyClass :
|
|
|
5334 * baseClass <-- here
|
|
|
5335 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
|
5336 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
|
5337 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
|
5338 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
|
5339 */
|
|
|
5340 static int
|
|
|
5341 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
|
|
|
5342 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5343 colnr_T *col;
|
|
|
5344 {
|
|
|
5345 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5346 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5349
|
|
17
|
5350 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
5351 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
|
|
|
5352 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5353 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
7
|
5354 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5355 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 while(*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5360 {
|
|
|
5361 if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
|
5362 {
|
|
|
5363 if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
|
5366 * initialization any more */
|
|
|
5367 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5368 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
|
5369 }
|
|
|
5370 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
|
5371 {
|
|
|
5372 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
|
5373 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
|
|
|
5374 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
|
5375 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5376 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5377 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 else
|
|
|
5380 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5381 }
|
|
|
5382 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5383 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
|
5386 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 if (*s == 'c')
|
|
|
5389 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
|
5390 else
|
|
|
5391 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
|
5392 }
|
|
|
5393 else
|
|
|
5394 {
|
|
|
5395 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399 else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
|
5402 * something like "):" */
|
|
|
5403 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5404 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5405 }
|
|
|
5406 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
|
5407 {
|
|
|
5408 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
|
5409 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5410 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5411 }
|
|
|
5412 else if (*col == 0)
|
|
|
5413 {
|
|
|
5414 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
|
5415 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5416
|
|
|
5417 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
|
5418 if (cpp_base_class && *col == 0)
|
|
|
5419 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5423 }
|
|
|
5424 }
|
|
|
5425
|
|
|
5426 return cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5427 }
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 /*
|
|
|
5430 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
|
5431 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
|
5432 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
|
5433 */
|
|
|
5434 static int
|
|
|
5435 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
|
|
|
5436 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5437 char_u *find;
|
|
|
5438 char_u *ignore;
|
|
|
5439 {
|
|
|
5440 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
5441 char_u *r;
|
|
|
5442 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5447 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5448 {
|
|
|
5449 r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5450 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
|
5451 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
|
5452 if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
|
5453 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5454 }
|
|
|
5455 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5456 ++p;
|
|
|
5457 }
|
|
|
5458 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5459 }
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 /*
|
|
|
5462 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
|
5463 * Return the column found.
|
|
|
5464 */
|
|
|
5465 static int
|
|
|
5466 cin_skip2pos(trypos)
|
|
|
5467 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5468 {
|
|
|
5469 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5470 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5473 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
|
5474 {
|
|
|
5475 if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
|
5476 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5477 else
|
|
|
5478 {
|
|
|
5479 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
5480 ++p;
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483 return (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
5484 }
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 /*
|
|
|
5487 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
|
5488 * Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
|
5489 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
|
5490 * work. */
|
|
|
5491 /* foo() */
|
|
|
5492 /* { */
|
|
|
5493 /* } */
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5496 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5497 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5498 {
|
|
|
5499 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5500 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5501 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
5502 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5505 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5506 {
|
|
|
5507 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5508 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5509 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5510 pos = NULL;
|
|
|
5511 /* ignore the { if it's in a // comment */
|
|
|
5512 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
|
5513 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5514 break;
|
|
|
5515 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
|
5516 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5519 return trypos;
|
|
|
5520 }
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 /*
|
|
|
5523 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
|
|
|
5524 * Return NULL of no match found.
|
|
|
5525 */
|
|
|
5526 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5527 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5528 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5529 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5530 {
|
|
|
5531 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5532 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5533 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5536 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
|
5539 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
|
5540 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5541 else
|
|
|
5542 {
|
|
|
5543 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5544 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5545 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5546 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5547 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5548 }
|
|
|
5549 }
|
|
|
5550 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5551 return trypos;
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 /*
|
|
|
5555 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
|
5556 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
|
5557 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
|
5558 * looking a few lines further.
|
|
|
5559 */
|
|
|
5560 static int
|
|
|
5561 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
|
|
|
5562 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5563 pos_T *startpos;
|
|
|
5564 {
|
|
|
5565 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
|
5568 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
|
5569 return ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5570 }
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 /*
|
|
|
5573 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
|
5574 * line "l".
|
|
|
5575 */
|
|
|
5576 static int
|
|
|
5577 find_last_paren(l, start, end)
|
|
|
5578 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5579 int start, end;
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 int i;
|
|
|
5582 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5583 int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
|
5590 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
|
5591 if (l[i] == start)
|
|
|
5592 ++open_count;
|
|
|
5593 else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
|
5594 {
|
|
|
5595 if (open_count > 0)
|
|
|
5596 --open_count;
|
|
|
5597 else
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5600 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5601 }
|
|
|
5602 }
|
|
|
5603 }
|
|
|
5604 return retval;
|
|
|
5605 }
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 int
|
|
|
5608 get_c_indent()
|
|
|
5609 {
|
|
|
5610 /*
|
|
|
5611 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
|
5612 * block should be
|
|
|
5613 */
|
|
|
5614 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /*
|
|
|
5617 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
|
5618 * line is imagined to be.
|
|
|
5619 */
|
|
|
5620 int ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 /*
|
|
|
5623 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
|
|
|
5624 * an opening brace.
|
|
|
5625 */
|
|
|
5626 int ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 /*
|
|
|
5629 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
|
|
|
5630 */
|
|
|
5631 int ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /*
|
|
|
5634 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
|
5635 * located
|
|
|
5636 */
|
|
|
5637 int ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 /*
|
|
|
5640 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
|
5641 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
|
5642 * brace should be located
|
|
|
5643 */
|
|
|
5644 int ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 /*
|
|
|
5647 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
|
5648 * column is imagined to be
|
|
|
5649 */
|
|
|
5650 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 /*
|
|
|
5653 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
|
|
|
5654 */
|
|
|
5655 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5656
|
|
|
5657 /*
|
|
|
5658 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
|
|
|
5659 */
|
|
|
5660 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5661
|
|
|
5662 /*
|
|
|
5663 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
|
|
|
5664 */
|
|
|
5665 int ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 /*
|
|
|
5668 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
|
5669 * should be located
|
|
|
5670 */
|
|
|
5671 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5672
|
|
|
5673 /*
|
|
|
5674 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
|
|
|
5675 */
|
|
|
5676 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 /*
|
|
|
5679 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
|
|
|
5680 */
|
|
|
5681 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 /*
|
|
|
5684 * amount a function type spec should be indented
|
|
|
5685 */
|
|
|
5686 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 /*
|
|
|
5689 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
|
5690 * should be indented
|
|
|
5691 */
|
|
|
5692 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 /*
|
|
|
5695 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
|
5696 * should be located
|
|
|
5697 */
|
|
|
5698 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 /*
|
|
|
5701 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
|
|
|
5702 */
|
|
|
5703 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 /*
|
|
|
5706 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
|
5707 * itself is also unclosed
|
|
|
5708 */
|
|
|
5709 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 /*
|
|
|
5712 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
|
5713 * unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5714 */
|
|
|
5715 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 /*
|
|
|
5718 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
|
5719 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
|
5720 * context (for very long lines).
|
|
|
5721 */
|
|
|
5722 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 /*
|
|
|
5725 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
|
5726 * an unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5727 */
|
|
|
5728 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 /*
|
|
|
5731 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
|
5732 * opening parentheses.
|
|
|
5733 */
|
|
|
5734 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 /*
|
|
|
5737 * Extra indent for comments.
|
|
|
5738 */
|
|
|
5739 int ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 /*
|
|
|
5742 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
|
|
|
5743 */
|
|
|
5744 int ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
5745
|
|
|
5746 /*
|
|
|
5747 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
|
5748 * after the comment opener.
|
|
|
5749 */
|
|
|
5750 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 /*
|
|
|
5753 * max lines to search for an open paren
|
|
|
5754 */
|
|
|
5755 int ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 /*
|
|
|
5758 * max lines to search for an open comment
|
|
|
5759 */
|
|
|
5760 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 /*
|
|
|
5763 * handle braces for java code
|
|
|
5764 */
|
|
|
5765 int ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 /*
|
|
|
5768 * handle blocked cases correctly
|
|
|
5769 */
|
|
|
5770 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
|
5773 int amount;
|
|
|
5774 int scope_amount;
|
|
|
5775 int cur_amount;
|
|
|
5776 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5777 char_u *theline;
|
|
|
5778 char_u *linecopy;
|
|
|
5779 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5780 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
5781 pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
|
5782 char_u *start;
|
|
|
5783 int start_brace;
|
|
|
5784 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
|
|
|
5785 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
|
5786 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
5787 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
5788 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5789 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5790 char_u terminated;
|
|
|
5791 int lookfor;
|
|
|
5792 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
|
5793 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
|
5794 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
|
5795 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
|
5796 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
|
5797 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
|
5798 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
|
5799 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
|
5800 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
|
5801 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
|
5802 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
5805 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5806 char_u *options;
|
|
|
5807 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
5808 int divider;
|
|
|
5809 int n;
|
|
|
5810 int iscase;
|
|
|
5811 int lookfor_break;
|
|
|
5812 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
|
5813
|
|
|
5814 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
|
|
|
5815 {
|
|
|
5816 l = options++;
|
|
|
5817 if (*options == '-')
|
|
|
5818 ++options;
|
|
|
5819 n = getdigits(&options);
|
|
|
5820 divider = 0;
|
|
|
5821 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
|
5822 {
|
|
|
5823 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
|
|
|
5824 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
|
|
|
5825 {
|
|
|
5826 ++options;
|
|
|
5827 if (divider)
|
|
|
5828 divider *= 10;
|
|
|
5829 else
|
|
|
5830 divider = 10;
|
|
|
5831 }
|
|
|
5832 }
|
|
|
5833 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
5834 {
|
|
|
5835 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
|
|
|
5836 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
5837 else
|
|
|
5838 {
|
|
|
5839 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5840 if (divider)
|
|
|
5841 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
|
5842 }
|
|
|
5843 ++options;
|
|
|
5844 }
|
|
|
5845 if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
|
5846 n = -n;
|
|
|
5847 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
|
5848 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
|
5849 switch (*l)
|
|
|
5850 {
|
|
|
5851 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
|
|
|
5852 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
5853 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
|
5854 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
|
5855 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
5856 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
5857 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
5858 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
|
|
|
5859 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
|
5860 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
|
5861 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
|
|
|
5862 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
|
5863 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
5864 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
5865 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
|
5866 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
|
5867 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
|
5868 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
|
5869 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
|
5870 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
|
5871 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
|
5872 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
|
5873 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
|
5874 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
|
5875 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
|
5876 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
|
5877 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
|
5878 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
|
|
|
5879 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
|
5880 }
|
|
|
5881 }
|
|
|
5882
|
|
|
5883 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
|
5884 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
|
5887 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
|
5888 * ml_get is valid! */
|
|
|
5889 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
|
5890 if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
|
5891 return 0;
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 /*
|
|
|
5894 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
|
5895 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
|
5896 * inserting new stuff.
|
|
|
5897 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
|
5898 * check for that.
|
|
|
5899 */
|
|
|
5900 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
5901 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
|
5902 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
|
5903 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 /*
|
|
|
5912 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
5913 */
|
|
|
5914 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
|
5915 {
|
|
|
5916 amount = 0;
|
|
|
5917 }
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 /*
|
|
|
5920 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
|
|
|
5921 */
|
|
|
5922 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5923 {
|
|
|
5924 amount = 0;
|
|
|
5925 }
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 /*
|
|
|
5928 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
|
5929 * previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
|
5930 */
|
|
|
5931 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
|
5932 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5933 {
|
|
|
5934 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
5935 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5936 amount = col;
|
|
|
5937 }
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 /*
|
|
|
5940 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
|
5941 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
|
5942 */
|
|
|
5943 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
|
|
|
5944 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5945 {
|
|
|
5946 int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
|
5947 int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
|
5948 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
|
5949 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5950 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5951 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5952 int start_align = 0;
|
|
|
5953 int start_off = 0;
|
|
|
5954 int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
5957 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5958 amount = col;
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
5961 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5962 {
|
|
|
5963 int align = 0;
|
|
|
5964 int off = 0;
|
|
|
5965 int what = 0;
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
|
5968 {
|
|
|
5969 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
5970 what = *p++;
|
|
|
5971 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
5972 align = *p++;
|
|
|
5973 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
5974 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
5975 else
|
|
|
5976 ++p;
|
|
|
5977 }
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
5980 ++p;
|
|
|
5981 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5982 if (what == COM_START)
|
|
|
5983 {
|
|
|
5984 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
|
5985 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
|
5986 start_off = off;
|
|
|
5987 start_align = align;
|
|
|
5988 }
|
|
|
5989 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
5990 {
|
|
|
5991 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
|
5992 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
5993 }
|
|
|
5994 else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
|
5997 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
|
5998 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
|
5999 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
|
6000 {
|
|
|
6001 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6002 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6003 {
|
|
|
6004 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6005 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
|
|
|
6006 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6007 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
|
6008 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
|
6009 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6010 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6011 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
|
6012 lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6013 {
|
|
|
6014 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6015 break;
|
|
|
6016 }
|
|
|
6017 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
|
6018 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
|
6019 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
|
|
|
6020 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
|
6021 continue;
|
|
|
6022 }
|
|
|
6023 if (start_off != 0)
|
|
|
6024 amount += start_off;
|
|
|
6025 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6026 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6027 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6028 break;
|
|
|
6029 }
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
|
6032 * with the middle comment */
|
|
|
6033 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
|
6034 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
|
6035 {
|
|
|
6036 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6037 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6038 if (off != 0)
|
|
|
6039 amount += off;
|
|
|
6040 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6041 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6042 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6043 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6044 break;
|
|
|
6045 }
|
|
|
6046 }
|
|
|
6047 }
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
|
6050 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
|
6051 * with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
|
6052 */
|
|
|
6053 if (done)
|
|
|
6054 ;
|
|
|
6055 else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
|
6056 amount += 1;
|
|
|
6057 else
|
|
|
6058 {
|
|
|
6059 /*
|
|
|
6060 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
|
6061 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
|
6062 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
|
6063 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
|
6064 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
|
6065 */
|
|
|
6066 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6067 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
6068 {
|
|
|
6069 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
|
6070 continue;
|
|
|
6071 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6072 break;
|
|
|
6073 }
|
|
|
6074 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
|
6075 {
|
|
|
6076 if (!ind_in_comment2)
|
|
|
6077 {
|
|
|
6078 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
6079 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
|
6080 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
|
6081 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
|
6082 }
|
|
|
6083 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6084 amount = col;
|
|
|
6085 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
|
6086 amount += ind_in_comment;
|
|
|
6087 }
|
|
|
6088 }
|
|
|
6089 }
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 /*
|
|
|
6092 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
|
6093 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6094 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6095 && ind_java == 0)
|
|
|
6096 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6097 || trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6098 {
|
|
|
6099 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
|
6100 {
|
|
|
6101 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
|
6102 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
|
6103 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6104 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6105 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
|
6106 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6107 else
|
|
|
6108 tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6109 }
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6112 {
|
|
|
6113 /*
|
|
|
6114 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
|
6115 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
|
6116 */
|
|
|
6117 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6118 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6119 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
|
6120 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
6121 {
|
|
|
6122 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
6123 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
|
6124 continue;
|
|
|
6125 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
6126 continue;
|
|
|
6127 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
|
|
|
6130 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6131 {
|
|
|
6132 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6133 continue;
|
|
|
6134 }
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6137 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6138 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
6139 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6140 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6141 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
|
6146 {
|
|
|
6147 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum && cur_amount > amount)
|
|
|
6148 cur_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6149 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6150 }
|
|
|
6151 break;
|
|
|
6152 }
|
|
|
6153 }
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 /*
|
|
|
6156 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
|
6157 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
|
6158 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6159 */
|
|
|
6160 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
6161 {
|
|
|
6162 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6163 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
|
6164 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
|
|
|
6165 {
|
|
|
6166 /*
|
|
|
6167 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
|
6168 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
|
6169 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
|
6170 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
|
6171 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
|
6172 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
|
6173 * lines).
|
|
|
6174 */
|
|
|
6175 if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
|
6176 {
|
|
|
6177 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6178 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
|
6179 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
|
6180 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
|
6181 {
|
|
|
6182 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
|
6183 * for each additional level */
|
|
|
6184 n = 1;
|
|
|
6185 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
|
6186 {
|
|
|
6187 switch (l[col])
|
|
|
6188 {
|
|
|
6189 case '(':
|
|
|
6190 case '{': ++n;
|
|
|
6191 break;
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 case ')':
|
|
|
6194 case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
|
6195 --n;
|
|
|
6196 break;
|
|
|
6197 }
|
|
|
6198 }
|
|
|
6199
|
|
|
6200 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
6201 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
|
6202 }
|
|
|
6203 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
|
6204 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6205 else
|
|
|
6206 {
|
|
|
6207 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
|
6208 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
|
6209 col++;
|
|
|
6210 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
|
6211 our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
|
6212 else
|
|
|
6213 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6214 }
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
|
6216
|
|
|
6217 /*
|
|
|
6218 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
|
6219 * if we did the above "if".
|
|
|
6220 */
|
|
|
6221 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6222 {
|
|
|
6223 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6224 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
|
6225 cur_amount = col;
|
|
|
6226 }
|
|
|
6227 }
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
|
|
|
6230 {
|
|
|
6231 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6232 }
|
|
|
6233 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
|
6234 && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
|
|
|
6235 {
|
|
|
6236 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6237 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6238 }
|
|
|
6239 else
|
|
|
6240 {
|
|
|
6241 /* add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one */
|
|
|
6242 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6243 while (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6244 {
|
|
|
6245 --our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6246 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
|
6247 {
|
|
|
6248 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6249 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6250 break;
|
|
|
6251 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6252 col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6253 break;
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255 }
|
|
|
6256
|
|
|
6257 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
|
6258 * braces */
|
|
|
6259 if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6260 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6261 else
|
|
|
6262 {
|
|
|
6263 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6264 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6265 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6266 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6267 amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6268 else
|
|
|
6269 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6270 }
|
|
|
6271 /*
|
|
|
6272 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
|
6273 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
|
6274 * lines:
|
|
|
6275 * func_long_name( if (x
|
|
|
6276 * arg && yy
|
|
|
6277 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
|
6278 */
|
|
|
6279 if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
|
6280 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6281 }
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283
|
|
|
6284 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
6285 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
6286 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
6287 }
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 /*
|
|
|
6290 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
|
|
|
6291 */
|
|
|
6292 else
|
|
|
6293 {
|
|
|
6294 trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
|
6295
|
|
|
6296 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6297 start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 /*
|
|
|
6300 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
|
6301 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
|
6302 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
|
6303 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
|
6304 */
|
|
|
6305 look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
|
6306 if (*look == '{')
|
|
|
6307 {
|
|
|
6308 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6309 amount = col;
|
|
|
6310 if (*start == '{')
|
|
|
6311 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
|
6312 else
|
|
|
6313 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
|
6314 }
|
|
|
6315 else
|
|
|
6316 {
|
|
|
6317 /*
|
|
|
6318 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
|
6319 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
|
|
|
6320 */
|
|
|
6321 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6322
|
|
|
6323 /*
|
|
|
6324 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6325 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6326 */
|
|
|
6327 lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6328 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6329 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6330 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6331 lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 /*
|
|
|
6334 * It could have been something like
|
|
|
6335 * case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
|
6336 * ldfd) {
|
|
|
6337 * }
|
|
|
6338 */
|
|
|
6339 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6340 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6341 else
|
|
|
6342 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6343
|
|
|
6344 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
|
6345 }
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 /*
|
|
|
6348 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
|
6349 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
|
6350 * that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
|
6351 */
|
|
|
6352 if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
|
6353 {
|
|
|
6354 /*
|
|
|
6355 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
|
6356 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
|
6357 */
|
|
|
6358 amount += ind_close_extra;
|
|
|
6359 }
|
|
|
6360 else
|
|
|
6361 {
|
|
|
6362 /*
|
|
|
6363 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
|
6364 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6365 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
|
6366 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6367 */
|
|
|
6368 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6369 if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
|
6370 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
|
6371 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6372 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6373 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
|
6374 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
|
6375 {
|
|
|
6376 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
|
6377 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6378 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
|
|
|
6379 {
|
|
|
6380 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6381 goto theend;
|
|
|
6382 }
|
|
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384
|
|
|
6385 /*
|
|
|
6386 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
|
6387 * failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
|
6388 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
|
6389 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
|
6390 */
|
|
|
6391
|
|
|
6392 /*
|
|
|
6393 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
|
6394 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
|
6395 * location for ind_open_extra.
|
|
|
6396 */
|
|
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
|
6399 {
|
|
|
6400 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
|
6401 }
|
|
|
6402 else
|
|
|
6403 {
|
|
|
6404 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6405 amount += ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
6406 else
|
|
|
6407 {
|
|
|
6408 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
|
6409 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6410 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
6411 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6412 }
|
|
|
6413 }
|
|
|
6414
|
|
|
6415 lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
6416
|
|
|
6417 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
|
6418 {
|
|
|
6419 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
|
6420 amount += ind_case;
|
|
|
6421 }
|
|
|
6422 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
|
6423 {
|
|
|
6424 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
|
6425 amount += ind_scopedecl;
|
|
|
6426 }
|
|
|
6427 else
|
|
|
6428 {
|
|
|
6429 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
|
|
|
6430 lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
6431
|
|
|
6432 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6433 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
|
|
|
6434 }
|
|
|
6435 scope_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6436 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 /*
|
|
|
6439 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
|
6440 * with that.
|
|
|
6441 *
|
|
|
6442 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
|
6443 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
|
6444 * that opens the block.
|
|
|
6445 */
|
|
|
6446 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6447 for (;;)
|
|
|
6448 {
|
|
|
6449 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6450 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 /*
|
|
|
6453 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
|
6454 * up with it.
|
|
|
6455 */
|
|
|
6456 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
|
6457 {
|
|
|
6458 /* we reached end of scope:
|
|
|
6459 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
|
6460 * go further back:
|
|
|
6461 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
|
6462 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
|
6463 * declaration:
|
|
|
6464 * int x,
|
|
|
6465 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
|
6466 */
|
|
|
6467 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6468 {
|
|
|
6469 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|
6470 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
6471 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
|
|
|
6474 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
|
6475 * initialization) */
|
|
|
6476 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6477 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6478 else
|
|
|
6479 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6480 break;
|
|
|
6481 }
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 /*
|
|
|
6486 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
|
|
|
6487 * comment.
|
|
|
6488 */
|
|
|
6489 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6490 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6491 {
|
|
|
6492 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6493 continue;
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
|
6495
|
|
|
6496 /*
|
|
|
6497 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
6498 */
|
|
|
6499 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6500 continue;
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6503 continue;
|
|
|
6504
|
|
|
6505 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6506
|
|
|
6507 /*
|
|
|
6508 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
|
6509 * function declaration, we are done
|
|
|
6510 * (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
|
6511 */
|
|
|
6512 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|
6513 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6514 {
|
|
|
6515 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
|
6516 * it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
|
6517 * don't add extra indent.
|
|
|
6518 * TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
|
6519 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
|
6520 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
|
6521 */
|
|
|
6522 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6523 break;
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
|
6526 * we are done.
|
|
|
6527 */
|
|
|
6528 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
|
6529 break;
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 /* nothing useful found */
|
|
|
6532 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
|
6533 continue;
|
|
|
6534 }
|
|
|
6535
|
|
|
6536 if (terminated != ';')
|
|
|
6537 {
|
|
|
6538 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
|
6539 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
|
6540 * will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6541 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6542 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6543 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
|
6544 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6545 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6548 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6549
|
|
|
6550 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6553 continue;
|
|
|
6554 }
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
|
6558 * like in
|
|
|
6559 * int a,
|
|
|
6560 * b;
|
|
|
6561 */
|
|
|
6562 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6563 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6564 else
|
|
|
6565 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6566 }
|
|
|
6567 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6568 {
|
|
|
6569 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6570 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6571 else
|
|
|
6572 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6573 }
|
|
|
6574 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6575 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6576 {
|
|
|
6577 amount = scope_amount;
|
|
|
6578 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6579 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6580 }
|
|
|
6581 break;
|
|
|
6582 }
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 /*
|
|
|
6585 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
6586 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6587 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6588 {
|
|
|
6589 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6590 continue;
|
|
|
6591 }
|
|
|
6592
|
|
|
6593 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6594
|
|
|
6595 /*
|
|
|
6596 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
|
6597 * if this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
|
6598 */
|
|
|
6599 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
|
|
|
6600 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6601 {
|
|
|
6602 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
|
6603 * declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
|
6604 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6605 break;
|
|
|
6606
|
|
|
6607 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
|
6608 * labels. */
|
|
|
6609 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
6610 continue;
|
|
|
6611
|
|
|
6612 /*
|
|
|
6613 * case xx:
|
|
|
6614 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
|
6615 *-> here;
|
|
|
6616 */
|
|
|
6617 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6618 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6619 {
|
|
|
6620 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6621 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6622 else
|
|
|
6623 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6624 break;
|
|
|
6625 }
|
|
|
6626
|
|
|
6627 /*
|
|
|
6628 * case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
|
6629 * x = 333;
|
|
|
6630 * case yy:
|
|
|
6631 */
|
|
|
6632 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|
6633 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6634 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
|
6635 {
|
|
|
6636 /*
|
|
|
6637 * Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
|
6638 * switch()
|
|
|
6639 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6640 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
|
|
|
6641 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
|
6642 {
|
|
|
6643 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6644 break;
|
|
|
6645 }
|
|
|
6646 continue;
|
|
|
6647 }
|
|
|
6648
|
|
|
6649 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6650
|
|
|
6651 /*
|
|
|
6652 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6653 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6654 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6655 *
|
|
|
6656 * case xx:
|
|
|
6657 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
|
6658 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6659 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6660 */
|
|
|
6661 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 if (n)
|
|
|
6664 amount = n;
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6667 break;
|
|
|
6668 }
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 /*
|
|
|
6671 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
|
6672 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6673 *
|
|
|
6674 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6675 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6676 */
|
|
|
6677 if (n)
|
|
|
6678 {
|
|
|
6679 amount = n;
|
|
|
6680 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6681 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
|
6682 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
6683 break;
|
|
|
6684 }
|
|
|
6685
|
|
|
6686 /*
|
|
|
6687 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
|
6688 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
|
6689 * switch label.
|
|
|
6690 * break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
|
6691 * case xx:
|
|
|
6692 * -> y = 1;
|
|
|
6693 */
|
|
|
6694 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
|
6695 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
|
6696 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
6697 continue;
|
|
|
6698 }
|
|
|
6699
|
|
|
6700 /*
|
|
|
6701 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
|
6702 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
|
6703 */
|
|
|
6704 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
|
6705 {
|
|
|
6706 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
|
|
|
6707 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6708 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6709 continue;
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711
|
|
|
6712 /*
|
|
|
6713 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
|
6714 */
|
|
|
6715 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6718 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6719 continue;
|
|
|
6720 }
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 /*
|
|
|
6723 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
|
6724 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
|
6725 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
|
6726 * unlocked it)
|
|
|
6727 */
|
|
|
6728 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6729 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6730 || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6731 continue;
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 /*
|
|
|
6734 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
6735 * constructor initialization?
|
|
|
6736 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6737 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass
|
|
|
6738 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
|
|
|
6739 {
|
|
|
6740 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6741 {
|
|
|
6742 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6743 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6744 else
|
|
|
6745 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6746 }
|
|
|
6747 else if (col == 0 || theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6748 {
|
|
|
6749 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6750 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6751 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6752 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6753 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6754 if (theline[0] != '{')
|
|
|
6755 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
6756 }
|
|
|
6757 else
|
|
|
6758 {
|
|
|
6759 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6760 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6761 amount = (int)col;
|
|
|
6762 }
|
|
|
6763 break;
|
|
|
6764 }
|
|
|
6765 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6766 {
|
|
|
6767 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
|
6768 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. */
|
|
|
6769 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
|
6770 break;
|
|
|
6771 else
|
|
|
6772 continue;
|
|
|
6773 }
|
|
|
6774
|
|
|
6775 /*
|
|
|
6776 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
|
6777 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
|
6778 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
|
6779 * 123,
|
|
|
6780 * sizeof
|
|
|
6781 * here
|
|
|
6782 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
|
6783 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
|
6784 * (indented).
|
|
|
6785 */
|
|
|
6786 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6787
|
|
|
6788 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6789 && terminated == ','))
|
|
|
6790 {
|
|
|
6791 /*
|
|
|
6792 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
|
6793 * go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
|
6794 * we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
|
6795 * if ( foo &&
|
|
|
6796 * bar )
|
|
|
6797 */
|
|
|
6798 /*
|
|
|
6799 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6800 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6801 */
|
|
|
6802 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
6803 trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6804 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
6805 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6806
|
|
|
6807 /*
|
|
|
6808 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
|
6809 * braces.
|
|
|
6810 */
|
|
|
6811 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6812 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6813
|
|
|
6814 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6815 {
|
|
|
6816 /*
|
|
|
6817 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
6818 * handled above.
|
|
|
6819 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
6820 * asdf)
|
|
|
6821 */
|
|
|
6822 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6823 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6824 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6825 {
|
|
|
6826 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6827 continue;
|
|
|
6828 }
|
|
|
6829 }
|
|
|
6830
|
|
|
6831 /*
|
|
|
6832 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
|
6833 * indent from
|
|
|
6834 * char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
|
6835 * bla",
|
|
|
6836 * here;
|
|
|
6837 */
|
|
|
6838 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6839 {
|
|
|
6840 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6843 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
6844 break;
|
|
|
6845 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6846 }
|
|
|
6847 }
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 /*
|
|
|
6850 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
6851 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
|
6852 */
|
|
|
6853 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6854 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 /*
|
|
|
6857 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
|
6858 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
|
6859 * while (not)
|
|
|
6860 * -> {
|
|
|
6861 * }
|
|
|
6862 */
|
|
|
6863 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6864 && theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6865 {
|
|
|
6866 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6867 /*
|
|
|
6868 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
|
6869 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
|
6870 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
|
6871 * { 1, 2 },
|
|
|
6872 * -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
|
6873 */
|
|
|
6874 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
|
6875 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6876
|
|
|
6877 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
6878 {
|
|
|
6879 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
|
6880 * class declaration or initialization */
|
|
|
6881 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
6882 continue;
|
|
|
6883 }
|
|
|
6884 break;
|
|
|
6885 }
|
|
|
6886
|
|
|
6887 /*
|
|
|
6888 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
|
6889 * Also allow " } else".
|
|
|
6890 */
|
|
|
6891 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
|
6892 {
|
|
|
6893 /*
|
|
|
6894 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
|
6895 * with the last one.
|
|
|
6896 * if (cond)
|
|
|
6897 * 100 +
|
|
|
6898 * -> here;
|
|
|
6899 */
|
|
|
6900 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6901 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6902 {
|
|
|
6903 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6904 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6905 else
|
|
|
6906 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6907 break;
|
|
|
6908 }
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 /*
|
|
|
6911 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
|
6912 * are finished.
|
|
|
6913 * while (not)
|
|
|
6914 * -> here;
|
|
|
6915 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
|
6916 * before this is terminated.
|
|
|
6917 * yyy;
|
|
|
6918 * if (stat)
|
|
|
6919 * while (not)
|
|
|
6920 * xxx;
|
|
|
6921 * -> here;
|
|
|
6922 */
|
|
|
6923 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6924 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6925 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6926 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6927 {
|
|
|
6928 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
6929 break;
|
|
|
6930 }
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 /*
|
|
|
6933 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
|
6934 * do, line up with the while()
|
|
|
6935 * do
|
|
|
6936 * x = 1;
|
|
|
6937 * -> here
|
|
|
6938 */
|
|
|
6939 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6940 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
6941 {
|
|
|
6942 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6943 break;
|
|
|
6944 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
6945 }
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 /*
|
|
|
6948 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
|
6949 * one between the "if" and the "else".
|
|
|
6950 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
6951 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
6952 */
|
|
|
6953 if (cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
6954 && whilelevel == 0
|
|
|
6955 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6956 == NULL
|
|
|
6957 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
6958 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
|
|
|
6959 break;
|
|
|
6960 }
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 /*
|
|
|
6963 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
|
6964 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
|
6965 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
|
6966 * the line before this one.
|
|
|
6967 */
|
|
|
6968 else
|
|
|
6969 {
|
|
|
6970 /*
|
|
|
6971 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
|
6972 * the last one.
|
|
|
6973 * c = 99 +
|
|
|
6974 * 100 +
|
|
|
6975 * -> here;
|
|
|
6976 */
|
|
|
6977 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6978 {
|
|
|
6979 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
|
6980 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6981 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6982 break;
|
|
|
6983 }
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6986 {
|
|
|
6987 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
|
6988 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
|
6989 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
|
6990 * opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
|
6991 * enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
|
6992 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6993 {
|
|
|
6994 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
|
6995 break;
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
6998 continue;
|
|
|
6999 }
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
|
7002 * reduce indent. */
|
|
|
7003 if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
|
7004 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7005 }
|
|
|
7006 else
|
|
|
7007 {
|
|
|
7008 /*
|
|
|
7009 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
|
7010 * line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
|
7011 * 100 +
|
|
|
7012 * -> here;
|
|
|
7013 */
|
|
|
7014 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7015
|
|
|
7016 /*
|
|
|
7017 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
|
7018 * are in an initialization or enum
|
|
|
7019 * struct xxx =
|
|
|
7020 * {
|
|
|
7021 * sizeof a,
|
|
|
7022 * 124 };
|
|
|
7023 * or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
|
7024 * but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
|
7025 * yet.
|
|
|
7026 */
|
|
|
7027 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7028 {
|
|
|
7029 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
|
7030 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7031 }
|
|
|
7032 else
|
|
|
7033 {
|
|
|
7034 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
|
7035 && *l != NUL
|
|
|
7036 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7037 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7038 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
|
7039 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7040 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7041 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7042 }
|
|
|
7043 }
|
|
|
7044 }
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046
|
|
|
7047 /*
|
|
|
7048 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
|
7049 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
|
7050 */
|
|
|
7051 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7052 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(l,
|
|
|
7053 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7054 {
|
|
|
7055 /*
|
|
|
7056 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
|
7057 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7058 * while (cond);
|
|
|
7059 * 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
|
7060 * -> here;
|
|
|
7061 */
|
|
|
7062 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7063 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7064 {
|
|
|
7065 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7066 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7067 else
|
|
|
7068 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7069 break;
|
|
|
7070 }
|
|
|
7071
|
|
|
7072 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7073 {
|
|
|
7074 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7075 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7076 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7077 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081
|
|
|
7082 /*
|
|
|
7083 * We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7084 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
|
7085 * indent of that other statement.
|
|
|
7086 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
|
7087 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7088 */
|
|
|
7089 else
|
|
|
7090 {
|
|
|
7091 /*
|
|
|
7092 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
|
7093 * may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
|
7094 */
|
|
|
7095 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
|
7096 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
7097 {
|
|
|
7098 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7099 continue;
|
|
|
7100 }
|
|
|
7101
|
|
|
7102 /*
|
|
|
7103 * Handle "do {" line.
|
|
|
7104 */
|
|
|
7105 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
7106 {
|
|
|
7107 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7108 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7109 {
|
|
|
7110 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7111 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7112 continue;
|
|
|
7113 }
|
|
|
7114 }
|
|
|
7115
|
|
|
7116 /*
|
|
|
7117 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
|
7118 * the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
|
7119 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7120 * y = foo +
|
|
|
7121 * -> here;
|
|
|
7122 * or
|
|
|
7123 * int x = 1;
|
|
|
7124 * int foo,
|
|
|
7125 * -> here;
|
|
|
7126 */
|
|
|
7127 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7128 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7129 {
|
|
|
7130 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7131 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7132 else
|
|
|
7133 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7134 break;
|
|
|
7135 }
|
|
|
7136
|
|
|
7137 /*
|
|
|
7138 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
|
7139 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
|
7140 * x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
|
7141 * if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
|
7142 * while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
|
7143 * here;
|
|
|
7144 * ->foo;
|
|
|
7145 */
|
|
|
7146 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7147 {
|
|
|
7148 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7149 break;
|
|
|
7150 }
|
|
|
7151
|
|
|
7152 /*
|
|
|
7153 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
|
7154 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
|
7155 * a terminated line.
|
|
|
7156 */
|
|
|
7157 else
|
|
|
7158 {
|
|
|
7159 /*
|
|
|
7160 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
|
7161 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
|
7162 * the line. Helps for:
|
|
|
7163 * func(asdr,
|
|
|
7164 * asdfasdf);
|
|
|
7165 * here;
|
|
|
7166 */
|
|
|
7167 term_again:
|
|
|
7168 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7169 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7170 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7171 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7172 {
|
|
|
7173 /*
|
|
|
7174 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7175 * handled above.
|
|
|
7176 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7177 * asdf)
|
|
|
7178 */
|
|
|
7179 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7180 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7181 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7182 {
|
|
|
7183 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7184 continue;
|
|
|
7185 }
|
|
|
7186 }
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
|
7189 * with a statement after it.
|
|
|
7190 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
|
7191 * stat;
|
|
|
7192 * }
|
|
|
7193 * case 2:
|
|
|
7194 * stat;
|
|
|
7195 * }
|
|
|
7196 */
|
|
|
7197 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
|
|
|
7198
|
|
|
7199 /*
|
|
|
7200 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7201 * ignoring any jump label.
|
|
|
7202 */
|
|
|
7203 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7204 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7205
|
|
|
7206 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7207 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7208 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
|
7209 if (*skipwhite(l) == '{')
|
|
|
7210 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7211 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7212
|
|
|
7213 /*
|
|
|
7214 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
|
7215 * that block.
|
|
|
7216 */
|
|
|
7217 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7218 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
|
|
|
7219 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7220 != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7221 {
|
|
|
7222 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7223 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
|
7224 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
|
7225 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7226 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
|
7227 goto term_again;
|
|
|
7228 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7229 }
|
|
|
7230 }
|
|
|
7231 }
|
|
|
7232 }
|
|
|
7233 }
|
|
|
7234 }
|
|
|
7235
|
|
|
7236 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7237 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7238 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7239 }
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 /*
|
|
|
7242 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
|
7243 *
|
|
|
7244 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
|
7245 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
|
7246 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
|
7247 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
|
7248 */
|
|
|
7249 else
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 /*
|
|
|
7252 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
|
7253 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
|
7254 * of a function
|
|
|
7255 */
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7258 {
|
|
|
7259 amount = ind_first_open;
|
|
|
7260 }
|
|
|
7261
|
|
|
7262 /*
|
|
|
7263 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7264 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
|
7265 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
|
|
|
7266 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
|
|
|
7267 */
|
|
|
7268 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7269 && !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
|
7270 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
|
7271 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7272 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
|
7273 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7274 {
|
|
|
7275 amount = ind_func_type;
|
|
|
7276 }
|
|
|
7277 else
|
|
|
7278 {
|
|
|
7279 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7280 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
|
7283
|
|
|
7284 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7287 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7290
|
|
|
7291 /*
|
|
|
7292 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7293 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7294 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7295 {
|
|
|
7296 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7297 continue;
|
|
|
7298 }
|
|
|
7299
|
|
|
7300 /*
|
|
|
7301 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or constructor
|
|
|
7302 * initialization?
|
|
|
7303 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7304 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{'
|
|
|
7305 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
|
|
|
7306 {
|
|
|
7307 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
7308 {
|
|
|
7309 amount = get_indent() + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
|
|
|
7310 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7311 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7312 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7313 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum)
|
|
|
7314 + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316 else
|
|
|
7317 {
|
|
|
7318 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
7319 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7320 amount = (int)col;
|
|
|
7321 }
|
|
|
7322 break;
|
|
|
7323 }
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 /*
|
|
|
7326 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
7327 */
|
|
|
7328 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7329 continue;
|
|
|
7330
|
|
|
7331 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7332 continue;
|
|
|
7333
|
|
|
7334 /*
|
|
|
7335 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
|
7336 * indentation:
|
|
|
7337 * int foo,
|
|
|
7338 * bar;
|
|
|
7339 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
|
7340 * enum foobar
|
|
|
7341 * {
|
|
|
7342 * ...
|
|
|
7343 * } foo,
|
|
|
7344 * bar;
|
|
|
7345 */
|
|
|
7346 n = 0;
|
|
|
7347 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7348 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7349 {
|
|
|
7350 /* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
|
7351 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7352 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7353 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7354 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
|
7357 * back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
|
7358 * char *foo = "bla\
|
|
|
7359 * bla",
|
|
|
7360 * here;
|
|
|
7361 */
|
|
|
7362 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7363 {
|
|
|
7364 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7365 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7366 break;
|
|
|
7367 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7371
|
|
|
7372 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7373 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7374 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7375 amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7376 break;
|
|
|
7377 }
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 /*
|
|
|
7380 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
|
7381 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
|
7382 */
|
|
|
7383 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7384 break;
|
|
|
7385 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7386
|
|
|
7387 /*
|
|
|
7388 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
|
7389 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
|
7390 */
|
|
|
7391 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
|
7392 break;
|
|
|
7393
|
|
|
7394 /* (matching {)
|
|
|
7395 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
|
7396 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
|
7397 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
|
7398 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
|
7399 */
|
|
|
7400 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
|
7401 break;
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 /*
|
|
|
7404 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7405 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
|
7406 * parameters.
|
|
|
7407 */
|
|
|
7408 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7409 {
|
|
|
7410 amount = ind_param;
|
|
|
7411 break;
|
|
|
7412 }
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 /*
|
|
|
7415 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
|
7416 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
|
7417 * int foo,
|
|
|
7418 * bar;
|
|
|
7419 * indent_to_0 here;
|
|
|
7420 */
|
|
|
7421 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u*)";", NULL))
|
|
|
7422 {
|
|
|
7423 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7424 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7425 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
|
7426 break;
|
|
|
7427 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7428 }
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 /*
|
|
|
7431 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
|
7432 * use the indent of this line.
|
|
|
7433 *
|
|
|
7434 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7435 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7436 */
|
|
|
7437 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7438
|
|
|
7439 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7440 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7442 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7443 break;
|
|
|
7444 }
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7447 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7448 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
|
7451 * "asdfasdf\
|
|
|
7452 * here";
|
|
|
7453 * char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
7454 * here";
|
|
|
7455 */
|
|
|
7456 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7457 {
|
|
|
7458 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7459 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7460 {
|
|
|
7461 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7462 if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7463 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7464 else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
|
7465 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7466 }
|
|
|
7467 }
|
|
|
7468 }
|
|
|
7469 }
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 theend:
|
|
|
7472 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
|
7473 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7474
|
|
|
7475 vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
7476
|
|
|
7477 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
7478 return 0;
|
|
|
7479 return amount;
|
|
|
7480 }
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 static int
|
|
|
7483 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
7484 int lookfor;
|
|
|
7485 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
7486 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
7487 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
7488 {
|
|
|
7489 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7490 pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
|
7491 char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
|
7492 int elselevel;
|
|
|
7493 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
7494
|
|
|
7495 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
|
7497 elselevel = 1;
|
|
|
7498 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7499 }
|
|
|
7500 else
|
|
|
7501 {
|
|
|
7502 elselevel = 0;
|
|
|
7503 whilelevel = 1;
|
|
|
7504 }
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7507
|
|
|
7508 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
|
7509 {
|
|
|
7510 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7511 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7512
|
|
|
7513 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7514 if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|
7515 || cin_isif(look)
|
|
|
7516 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7517 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7518 {
|
|
|
7519 /*
|
|
|
7520 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
|
7521 * we must be out of scope...
|
|
|
7522 */
|
|
|
7523 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7524 if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
|
7525 break;
|
|
|
7526
|
|
|
7527 /*
|
|
|
7528 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
|
7529 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
|
7530 * out of luck too.
|
|
|
7531 */
|
|
|
7532 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
|
7533 break;
|
|
|
7534
|
|
|
7535 /*
|
|
|
7536 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
|
7537 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
|
7538 * different scope...
|
|
|
7539 */
|
|
|
7540 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
|
7541 continue;
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 /*
|
|
|
7544 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
|
7545 * then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
|
7546 * increment elselevel
|
|
|
7547 */
|
|
|
7548 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7549 if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
|
7550 {
|
|
|
7551 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
|
7552 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
|
7553 ++elselevel;
|
|
|
7554 continue;
|
|
|
7555 }
|
|
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 /*
|
|
|
7558 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
|
7559 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
|
7560 */
|
|
|
7561 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7562 {
|
|
|
7563 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7564 continue;
|
|
|
7565 }
|
|
|
7566
|
|
|
7567 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
|
7568 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7569 if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
|
7570 {
|
|
|
7571 elselevel--;
|
|
|
7572 /*
|
|
|
7573 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
|
7574 * get in the way.
|
|
|
7575 */
|
|
|
7576 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7577 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579
|
|
|
7580 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
|
7581 if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
|
7582 whilelevel--;
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 /*
|
|
|
7585 * if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
|
7586 * this must be the if that we want!
|
|
|
7587 * match the indent level of that if.
|
|
|
7588 */
|
|
|
7589 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 return OK;
|
|
|
7592 }
|
|
|
7593 }
|
|
|
7594 }
|
|
|
7595 return FAIL;
|
|
|
7596 }
|
|
|
7597
|
|
|
7598 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7599 /*
|
|
|
7600 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
|
7601 */
|
|
|
7602 int
|
|
|
7603 get_expr_indent()
|
|
|
7604 {
|
|
|
7605 int indent;
|
|
|
7606 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7607 int save_State;
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7610 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7611 ++sandbox;
|
|
|
7612 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
|
7613 --sandbox;
|
|
|
7614
|
|
|
7615 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
|
7616 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
|
7617 * command. */
|
|
|
7618 save_State = State;
|
|
|
7619 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7620 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
7621 check_cursor();
|
|
|
7622 State = save_State;
|
|
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
|
7625 if (indent < 0)
|
|
|
7626 indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7627
|
|
|
7628 return indent;
|
|
|
7629 }
|
|
|
7630 # endif
|
|
|
7631
|
|
|
7632 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7633
|
|
|
7634 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7635
|
|
|
7636 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 static int
|
|
|
7639 lisp_match(p)
|
|
|
7640 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7641 {
|
|
|
7642 char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
|
7643 int len;
|
|
|
7644 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
|
|
|
7645
|
|
|
7646 while (*word != NUL)
|
|
|
7647 {
|
|
|
7648 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
7649 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
7650 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
|
7651 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7652 }
|
|
|
7653 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7654 }
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 /*
|
|
|
7657 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
|
7658 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
|
7659 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
|
7660 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
|
7661 *
|
|
|
7662 * TODO:
|
|
|
7663 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
|
7664 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
|
7665 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
|
7666 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
|
7667 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
|
7668 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
14
|
7669 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
|
7670 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
7
|
7671 */
|
|
|
7672 int
|
|
|
7673 get_lisp_indent()
|
|
|
7674 {
|
|
14
|
7675 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
7
|
7676 int amount;
|
|
|
7677 char_u *that;
|
|
|
7678 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
7679 colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
|
7680 int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
|
7681 int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
|
7684 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7687 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7688
|
|
14
|
7689 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
|
7690 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
7691 else
|
|
|
7692 {
|
|
|
7693 paren = *pos;
|
|
|
7694 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
7695 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
|
7696 pos = &paren;
|
|
|
7697 }
|
|
|
7698 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
7699 {
|
|
|
7700 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
|
7701 * line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
|
7702 amount = -1;
|
|
|
7703 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
7704
|
|
|
7705 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
|
7706 {
|
|
|
7707 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7708 continue;
|
|
|
7709 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
|
7710 {
|
|
|
7711 if (*that == ';')
|
|
|
7712 {
|
|
|
7713 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7714 ++that;
|
|
|
7715 continue;
|
|
|
7716 }
|
|
|
7717 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
7718 {
|
|
|
7719 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7720 ++that;
|
|
|
7721 continue;
|
|
|
7722 }
|
|
|
7723 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7724 {
|
|
|
7725 that++;
|
|
|
7726 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7727 ++that;
|
|
|
7728 }
|
|
14
|
7729 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
7730 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
7731 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
7
|
7732 --parencount;
|
|
|
7733 }
|
|
|
7734 if (parencount == 0)
|
|
|
7735 {
|
|
|
7736 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
7737 break;
|
|
|
7738 }
|
|
|
7739 }
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
7742 {
|
|
|
7743 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7744 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
|
7745 col = pos->col;
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7748
|
|
|
7749 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
|
7750 amount = 2;
|
|
|
7751 else
|
|
|
7752 {
|
|
|
7753 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7754 while (*that && col)
|
|
|
7755 {
|
|
|
7756 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7757 col--;
|
|
|
7758 }
|
|
|
7759
|
|
|
7760 /*
|
|
|
7761 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
|
7762 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
|
7763 *
|
|
|
7764 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
|
7765 * (...)) of (...))
|
|
|
7766 */
|
|
|
7767
|
|
14
|
7768 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
7769 && lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
7
|
7770 amount += 2;
|
|
|
7771 else
|
|
|
7772 {
|
|
|
7773 that++;
|
|
|
7774 amount++;
|
|
|
7775 firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
7776
|
|
|
7777 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
7778 {
|
|
|
7779 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7780 ++that;
|
|
|
7781 }
|
|
|
7782
|
|
|
7783 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
|
7784 {
|
|
|
7785 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
|
|
|
7786 * argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
14
|
7787 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
7
|
7788 firsttry++;
|
|
|
7789
|
|
|
7790 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
7791 quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 if (vi_lisp
|
|
|
7794 || (*that != '"'
|
|
|
7795 && *that != '\''
|
|
|
7796 && *that != '#'
|
|
|
7797 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
|
7798 {
|
|
|
7799 while (*that
|
|
|
7800 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|
7801 || quotecount
|
|
|
7802 || parencount)
|
|
14
|
7803 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
7804 && !quotecount
|
|
|
7805 && !parencount
|
|
|
7806 && vi_lisp)))
|
|
|
7807 {
|
|
|
7808 if (*that == '"')
|
|
|
7809 quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
14
|
7810 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
7811 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
7812 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
7813 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
|
7814 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
7815 --parencount;
|
|
|
7816 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7817 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
7818 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7819 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
7820 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7821 }
|
|
|
7822 }
|
|
|
7823 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
7824 {
|
|
|
7825 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7826 that++;
|
|
|
7827 }
|
|
|
7828 if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
|
7829 amount = firsttry;
|
|
|
7830 }
|
|
|
7831 }
|
|
|
7832 }
|
|
|
7833 }
|
|
|
7834 }
|
|
|
7835 else
|
|
14
|
7836 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
7
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
7839
|
|
|
7840 return amount;
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 void
|
|
|
7845 prepare_to_exit()
|
|
|
7846 {
|
|
39
|
7847 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
|
|
|
7848 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
|
|
|
7849 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
|
|
|
7850 * problems. */
|
|
36
|
7851 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
|
|
|
7852 #endif
|
|
|
7853
|
|
7
|
7854 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7855 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7856 {
|
|
|
7857 gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
|
7858 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
|
7859 }
|
|
|
7860 else
|
|
|
7861 #endif
|
|
|
7862 {
|
|
|
7863 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
7864
|
|
|
7865 /*
|
|
|
7866 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
|
7867 * screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
|
7868 */
|
|
|
7869 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
|
7870 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7871 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
|
7872 #endif
|
|
|
7873 stoptermcap();
|
|
|
7874 out_flush();
|
|
|
7875 }
|
|
|
7876 }
|
|
|
7877
|
|
|
7878 /*
|
|
|
7879 * Preserve files and exit.
|
|
|
7880 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
|
7881 */
|
|
|
7882 void
|
|
|
7883 preserve_exit()
|
|
|
7884 {
|
|
|
7885 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
7888
|
|
|
7889 out_str(IObuff);
|
|
|
7890 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
7891 out_flush();
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
7896 {
|
|
|
7897 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
7898 {
|
|
|
7899 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
|
|
|
7900 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
7901 out_flush();
|
|
|
7902 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
|
7903 break;
|
|
|
7904 }
|
|
|
7905 }
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
|
|
|
7910
|
|
|
7911 getout(1);
|
|
|
7912 }
|
|
|
7913
|
|
|
7914 /*
|
|
|
7915 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
|
7916 */
|
|
|
7917 int
|
|
|
7918 vim_fexists(fname)
|
|
|
7919 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
7920 {
|
|
|
7921 struct stat st;
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
|
7924 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7925 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 /*
|
|
|
7929 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
|
7930 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
|
7931 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
|
7932 * time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
|
7933 */
|
|
|
7934
|
|
|
7935 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
|
7936 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
|
7937 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
|
7938 # else
|
|
|
7939 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
|
7940 # endif
|
|
|
7941 #endif
|
|
|
7942
|
|
|
7943 static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7944
|
|
|
7945 void
|
|
|
7946 line_breakcheck()
|
|
|
7947 {
|
|
|
7948 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
|
7949 {
|
|
|
7950 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7951 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7952 }
|
|
|
7953 }
|
|
|
7954
|
|
|
7955 /*
|
|
|
7956 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
|
7957 */
|
|
|
7958 void
|
|
|
7959 fast_breakcheck()
|
|
|
7960 {
|
|
|
7961 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
|
7962 {
|
|
|
7963 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7964 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966 }
|
|
|
7967
|
|
|
7968 /*
|
|
|
7969 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
|
7970 * 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
7971 */
|
|
|
7972 int
|
|
|
7973 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
7974 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
7975 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
7976 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
7977 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
7978 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
|
7979 {
|
|
|
7980 int retval;
|
|
|
7981 int i, j;
|
|
|
7982 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7983 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
7984
|
|
|
7985 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
7986
|
|
|
7987 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
|
7988 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
|
|
|
7989 return retval;
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
|
7992 /*
|
|
|
7993 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
7994 */
|
|
|
7995 if (*p_wig)
|
|
|
7996 {
|
|
|
7997 char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
|
|
|
8000 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8001 {
|
|
|
8002 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
|
|
|
8003 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
8004 break;
|
|
|
8005 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8006 vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
|
8007 # endif
|
|
|
8008 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
|
|
|
8009 {
|
|
|
8010 /* remove this matching file from the list */
|
|
|
8011 vim_free((*file)[i]);
|
|
|
8012 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
|
|
|
8013 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
|
|
|
8014 --*num_file;
|
|
|
8015 --i;
|
|
|
8016 }
|
|
|
8017 vim_free(ffname);
|
|
|
8018 }
|
|
|
8019 }
|
|
|
8020 #endif
|
|
|
8021
|
|
|
8022 /*
|
|
|
8023 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
|
8024 */
|
|
|
8025 if (*num_file > 1)
|
|
|
8026 {
|
|
|
8027 non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
|
8028 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8029 {
|
|
|
8030 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 /*
|
|
|
8033 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
|
8034 * of the list.
|
|
|
8035 */
|
|
|
8036 p = (*file)[i];
|
|
|
8037 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
|
8038 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
|
|
|
8039 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
|
8040 }
|
|
|
8041 }
|
|
|
8042 }
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 return retval;
|
|
|
8045 }
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 /*
|
|
|
8048 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
|
8049 */
|
|
|
8050 int
|
|
|
8051 match_suffix(fname)
|
|
|
8052 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8053 {
|
|
|
8054 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
|
8055 char_u *setsuf;
|
|
|
8056 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
|
8057 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
8058
|
|
|
8059 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
|
8060 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8061 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
|
8062 {
|
|
|
8063 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
|
8064 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
|
8065 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
|
8066 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
|
8067 break;
|
|
|
8068 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8069 }
|
|
|
8070 return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
|
8071 }
|
|
|
8072
|
|
|
8073 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8076 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
8077 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
|
|
|
8078 # endif
|
|
|
8079
|
|
|
8080 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
8081 /*
|
|
|
8082 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
|
8083 * it's shared between these systems.
|
|
|
8084 */
|
|
|
8085 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8086 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
|
|
|
8087 # else
|
|
|
8088 # ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
8089 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
8090 # endif
|
|
|
8091 # endif
|
|
|
8092
|
|
|
8093 /*
|
|
|
8094 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
|
8095 */
|
|
|
8096 static int _cdecl
|
|
|
8097 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
|
8098 {
|
|
39
|
8099 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
7
|
8100 }
|
|
|
8101
|
|
|
8102 # ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
8103 static void
|
|
|
8104 namelowcpy(
|
|
|
8105 char_u *d,
|
|
|
8106 char_u *s)
|
|
|
8107 {
|
|
|
8108 # ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
8109 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
|
|
|
8110 while (*s)
|
|
|
8111 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
8112 else
|
|
|
8113 # endif
|
|
|
8114 while (*s)
|
|
|
8115 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
|
|
|
8116 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
8117 }
|
|
|
8118 # endif
|
|
|
8119
|
|
|
8120 /*
|
|
|
8121 * Recursively build up a list of files in "gap" matching the first wildcard
|
|
|
8122 * in `path'. Called by expand_wildcards().
|
|
|
8123 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8124 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8125 * at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
|
8126 */
|
|
|
8127 static int
|
|
|
8128 dos_expandpath(
|
|
|
8129 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8130 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8131 int wildoff,
|
|
|
8132 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8133 {
|
|
|
8134 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8135 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8136 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8137 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8138 int ok;
|
|
|
8139 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8140 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
|
8141 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
|
8142 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8143 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
|
8144 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
|
8145 # endif
|
|
|
8146 #else
|
|
|
8147 struct ffblk fb;
|
|
|
8148 #endif
|
|
|
8149 int matches;
|
|
|
8150 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8151 int len;
|
|
|
8152 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8153 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8154 char_u *matchname;
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 /* make room for file name */
|
|
|
8157 buf = alloc((unsigned int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
|
8158 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8159 return 0;
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 /*
|
|
|
8162 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
|
8163 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8164 */
|
|
|
8165 p = buf;
|
|
|
8166 s = buf;
|
|
|
8167 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8168 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8169 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8170 {
|
|
|
8171 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8172 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8173 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8174 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8175 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8176 {
|
|
|
8177 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8178 break;
|
|
|
8179 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8180 }
|
|
|
8181 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8182 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8183 e = p;
|
|
|
8184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8185 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8186 {
|
|
|
8187 len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(path_end);
|
|
|
8188 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8189 p += len;
|
|
|
8190 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8191 }
|
|
|
8192 else
|
|
|
8193 #endif
|
|
|
8194 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8195 }
|
|
|
8196 e = p;
|
|
|
8197 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8198
|
|
|
8199 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
|
8200 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8201 * component. */
|
|
|
8202 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8203 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8204 {
|
|
|
8205 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
|
|
|
8206 --e;
|
|
|
8207 --s;
|
|
|
8208 }
|
|
|
8209
|
|
|
8210 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8211 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8212 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8213 {
|
|
|
8214 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8215 return 0;
|
|
|
8216 }
|
|
|
8217
|
|
|
8218 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
|
8219 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
8220 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8221 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8224 {
|
|
|
8225 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8226 return 0;
|
|
|
8227 }
|
|
|
8228
|
|
|
8229 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
|
8230 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
8231
|
|
|
8232 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
|
8233 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
|
8234 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8235 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8236 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|
8237 {
|
|
|
8238 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
|
8239 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
|
8240 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
|
8241 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8242 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8243 {
|
|
|
8244 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8245 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
|
8246 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
|
8247 {
|
|
|
8248 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8249 wn = NULL;
|
|
|
8250 }
|
|
|
8251 }
|
|
|
8252 }
|
|
|
8253
|
|
|
8254 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8255 # endif
|
|
|
8256 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8257 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8258 #else
|
|
|
8259 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
|
|
|
8260 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8261 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8262 #endif
|
|
|
8263
|
|
|
8264 while (ok)
|
|
|
8265 {
|
|
|
8266 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8267 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8268 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8269 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
|
8270 else
|
|
|
8271 # endif
|
|
|
8272 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
|
8273 #else
|
|
|
8274 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
|
|
|
8275 #endif
|
|
|
8276 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
|
8277 * all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
|
8278 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
8279 && (matchname == NULL
|
|
|
8280 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)))
|
|
|
8281 {
|
|
|
8282 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8283 STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
|
8284 #else
|
|
|
8285 namelowcpy(s, p);
|
|
|
8286 #endif
|
|
|
8287 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
8288 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
8289 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
|
8290 {
|
|
|
8291 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
8292 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8293 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags);
|
|
|
8294 }
|
|
|
8295 else
|
|
|
8296 {
|
|
|
8297 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8298 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8299 if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
|
8300 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8301 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8302 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8303 }
|
|
|
8304 }
|
|
|
8305
|
|
|
8306 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8307 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8308 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8309 {
|
|
|
8310 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8311 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
|
8312 }
|
|
|
8313 else
|
|
|
8314 # endif
|
|
|
8315 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
8316 #else
|
|
|
8317 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
|
|
|
8318 #endif
|
|
|
8319
|
|
|
8320 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
|
8321 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
|
8322 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
|
8323 {
|
|
|
8324 STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
|
8325 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8326 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8327 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8328 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8329 {
|
|
|
8330 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8331 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8332 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8333 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8334 }
|
|
|
8335 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8336 # endif
|
|
|
8337 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8338 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8339 #else
|
|
|
8340 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8341 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8342 #endif
|
|
|
8343 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8344 matchname = NULL;
|
|
|
8345 }
|
|
|
8346 }
|
|
|
8347
|
|
|
8348 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8349 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8350 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8351 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8352 # endif
|
|
|
8353 #endif
|
|
|
8354 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8355 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8356 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8357
|
|
|
8358 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8359 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8360 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
|
8361 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8362 return matches;
|
|
|
8363 }
|
|
|
8364
|
|
|
8365 int
|
|
|
8366 mch_expandpath(
|
|
|
8367 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8368 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8369 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8370 {
|
|
|
8371 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags);
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
|
|
|
8374
|
|
|
8375 /*
|
|
|
8376 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8377 *
|
|
|
8378 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
|
8379 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
|
8380 *
|
|
|
8381 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
|
8382 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
|
8383 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
|
8384 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
|
8385 */
|
|
|
8386 int
|
|
|
8387 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
8388 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
8389 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
8390 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
8391 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
8392 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8393 {
|
|
|
8394 int i;
|
|
|
8395 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
8396 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8397 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8398 int add_pat;
|
|
|
8399
|
|
|
8400 /*
|
|
|
8401 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
|
8402 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
|
8403 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
|
8404 * return FAIL.
|
|
|
8405 */
|
|
|
8406 if (recursive)
|
|
|
8407 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
8408 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8409 #else
|
|
|
8410 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8411 #endif
|
|
|
8412
|
|
|
8413 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
8414 /*
|
|
|
8415 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
|
8416 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
|
8417 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
|
8418 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
|
8419 */
|
|
|
8420 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
|
8421 {
|
|
|
8422 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
|
|
|
8423 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8424 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
|
8425 # endif
|
|
|
8426 )
|
|
|
8427 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8428 }
|
|
|
8429 #endif
|
|
|
8430
|
|
|
8431 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
8432
|
|
|
8433 /*
|
|
|
8434 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
|
8435 */
|
|
|
8436 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
8437
|
|
|
8438 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
|
8439 {
|
|
|
8440 add_pat = -1;
|
|
|
8441 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8444 if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
|
8445 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
8446 else
|
|
|
8447 #endif
|
|
|
8448 {
|
|
|
8449 /*
|
|
|
8450 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
|
8451 */
|
|
|
8452 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
8453 {
|
|
|
8454 p = expand_env_save(p);
|
|
|
8455 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
8456 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
8457 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
8458 /*
|
|
|
8459 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
|
8460 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
|
8461 * found file names and start all over again.
|
|
|
8462 */
|
|
|
8463 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
8464 {
|
|
|
8465 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8466 ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
|
8467 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
|
8468 flags);
|
|
|
8469 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8470 return i;
|
|
|
8471 }
|
|
|
8472 #endif
|
|
|
8473 }
|
|
|
8474
|
|
|
8475 /*
|
|
|
8476 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
|
8477 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
|
8478 * the pattern.
|
|
|
8479 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
|
8480 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
|
8481 */
|
|
|
8482 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
|
8483 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
8484 }
|
|
|
8485
|
|
|
8486 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
|
8487 {
|
|
|
8488 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
8489
|
|
|
8490 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
8491 slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
|
8492 #endif
|
|
|
8493 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
|
8494 * "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
|
8495 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
|
8496 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
|
8497 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
|
|
|
8498 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
|
8499 vim_free(t);
|
|
|
8500 }
|
|
|
8501
|
|
|
8502 if (p != pat[i])
|
|
|
8503 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8504 }
|
|
|
8505
|
|
|
8506 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8507 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
8508
|
|
|
8509 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8510
|
|
|
8511 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
8512 }
|
|
|
8513
|
|
|
8514 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8515
|
|
|
8516 /*
|
|
|
8517 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
|
8518 */
|
|
|
8519 static int
|
|
|
8520 vim_backtick(p)
|
|
|
8521 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8522 {
|
|
|
8523 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
|
8524 }
|
|
|
8525
|
|
|
8526 /*
|
|
|
8527 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
|
8528 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
|
8529 * Returns number of file names found.
|
|
|
8530 */
|
|
|
8531 static int
|
|
|
8532 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
|
|
|
8533 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8534 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8535 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8536 {
|
|
|
8537 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8538 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
8539 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
8540 int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
8541 int i;
|
|
|
8542
|
|
|
8543 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
|
8544 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
|
8545 if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
|
8546 return 0;
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
8549 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
|
8550 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p);
|
|
|
8551 else
|
|
|
8552 #endif
|
|
24
|
8553 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
|
|
|
8554 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
|
|
7
|
8555 vim_free(cmd);
|
|
|
8556 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
8557 return 0;
|
|
|
8558
|
|
|
8559 cmd = buffer;
|
|
|
8560 while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
|
8561 {
|
|
|
8562 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
|
8563 p = cmd;
|
|
|
8564 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
|
8565 ++p;
|
|
|
8566 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
|
8567 if (p > cmd)
|
|
|
8568 {
|
|
|
8569 i = *p;
|
|
|
8570 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
8571 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
|
8572 *p = i;
|
|
|
8573 ++cnt;
|
|
|
8574 }
|
|
|
8575 cmd = p;
|
|
|
8576 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
|
8577 ++cmd;
|
|
|
8578 }
|
|
|
8579
|
|
|
8580 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
8581 return cnt;
|
|
|
8582 }
|
|
|
8583 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
8584
|
|
|
8585 /*
|
|
|
8586 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
|
8587 * EW_DIR add directories
|
|
|
8588 * EW_FILE add files
|
|
|
8589 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
|
8590 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
|
8591 */
|
|
|
8592 void
|
|
|
8593 addfile(gap, f, flags)
|
|
|
8594 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8595 char_u *f; /* filename */
|
|
|
8596 int flags;
|
|
|
8597 {
|
|
|
8598 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8599 int isdir;
|
|
|
8600
|
|
|
8601 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
|
8602 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
|
|
|
8603 return;
|
|
|
8604
|
|
|
8605 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
|
8606 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
|
8607 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
|
8608 return;
|
|
|
8609 #endif
|
|
|
8610
|
|
|
8611 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
|
8612 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
|
8613 return;
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
|
8616 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8617 return;
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
|
8620 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
8621 return;
|
|
|
8622
|
|
|
8623 STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
|
8624 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
8625 slash_adjust(p);
|
|
|
8626 #endif
|
|
|
8627 /*
|
|
|
8628 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
|
8629 */
|
|
|
8630 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
|
8631 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
|
8632 add_pathsep(p);
|
|
|
8633 #endif
|
|
|
8634 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
|
8635 }
|
|
|
8636 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
8637
|
|
|
8638 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8639
|
|
|
8640 #ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
|
8641 # define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
|
8642 #endif
|
|
|
8643 #ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
|
8644 # define SEEK_END 2
|
|
|
8645 #endif
|
|
|
8646
|
|
|
8647 /*
|
|
|
8648 * Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
|
8649 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
|
8650 */
|
|
|
8651 char_u *
|
|
24
|
8652 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
|
|
7
|
8653 char_u *cmd;
|
|
24
|
8654 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
|
|
7
|
8655 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
|
8656 {
|
|
|
8657 char_u *tempname;
|
|
|
8658 char_u *command;
|
|
|
8659 char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
8660 int len;
|
|
|
8661 int i = 0;
|
|
|
8662 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
8663
|
|
|
8664 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
|
8665 return NULL;
|
|
|
8666
|
|
|
8667 /* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
|
8668 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
|
|
|
8669 {
|
|
|
8670 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
8671 return NULL;
|
|
|
8672 }
|
|
|
8673
|
|
|
8674 /* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
24
|
8675 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
|
|
7
|
8676 if (command == NULL)
|
|
|
8677 goto done;
|
|
|
8678
|
|
|
8679 /*
|
|
|
8680 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
|
8681 * Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
|
8682 */
|
|
|
8683 ++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
8684 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
|
8685 --no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 vim_free(command);
|
|
|
8688
|
|
|
8689 /*
|
|
|
8690 * read the names from the file into memory
|
|
|
8691 */
|
|
|
8692 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8693 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
|
|
|
8694 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
|
8695 # else
|
|
|
8696 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
|
8697 # endif
|
|
|
8698
|
|
|
8699 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
8700 {
|
|
|
8701 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
|
8702 goto done;
|
|
|
8703 }
|
|
|
8704
|
|
|
8705 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
|
8706 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
|
8707 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
8708
|
|
|
8709 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
8710 if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
|
8711 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
|
8712 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
8713 mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
|
8714 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
8715 goto done;
|
|
|
8716 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8717 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
|
8718 #endif
|
|
|
8719 if (i != len)
|
|
|
8720 {
|
|
|
8721 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
|
8722 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
8723 buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
8724 }
|
|
|
8725 else
|
|
|
8726 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
|
8727
|
|
|
8728 done:
|
|
|
8729 vim_free(tempname);
|
|
|
8730 return buffer;
|
|
|
8731 }
|
|
|
8732 #endif
|
|
|
8733
|
|
|
8734 /*
|
|
|
8735 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
|
8736 * functions.
|
|
|
8737 */
|
|
|
8738 void
|
|
|
8739 FreeWild(count, files)
|
|
|
8740 int count;
|
|
|
8741 char_u **files;
|
|
|
8742 {
|
|
|
8743 if (files == NULL || count <= 0)
|
|
|
8744 return;
|
|
|
8745 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
|
|
|
8746 /*
|
|
|
8747 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
|
|
|
8748 * been used???
|
|
|
8749 */
|
|
|
8750 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
|
|
|
8751 #else
|
|
|
8752 while (count--)
|
|
|
8753 vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
|
8754 vim_free(files);
|
|
|
8755 #endif
|
|
|
8756 }
|
|
|
8757
|
|
|
8758 /*
|
|
|
8759 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
|
8760 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
|
8761 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
|
8762 */
|
|
|
8763 int
|
|
|
8764 goto_im()
|
|
|
8765 {
|
|
|
8766 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
|
8767 }
|
